A hala akula lāua, hālāwai akula me Mailepākaha, ka hā o nā kiaʻi.
And they went on, and met Mailepakaha, the fourth guardian.
Ch.15 p.79 para.1 sent.1
A loaʻa iā lāua ka hā o nā pahu kapu, a laila, kokoke lāua e hiki i ka lima o ka pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ko Kahalaomāpuana pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ka pahu kapu weliweli loa, ke hoʻomaka aʻela e mālamalama loa.
After passing the fourth taboo sign, they approached at a distance the fifth sign; this was Kahalaomapuana's. This was the most terrible of all, and then it began to be light;
Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.2
ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.”
The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you."
Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.7
Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka hā o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā hoʻomalu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a me kona kahu kuapuʻu, a iho akula i Keaʻau.
In the early morning of the fourth day of retirement, she arose and went down with her hunchbacked attendant to Keaau.
Ch.21 p.109 para.1 sent.1
I ka hā o ko lāua nalu pae, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa ka nīnau a Lāʻieikawai iā Halaaniani, me ka ʻī aku, “He aha kou mea e pae ʻole nei?
At the fourth wave, for the first time Laieikawai questioned Halaaniani: "Why do you not ride?
Ch.32 p.175 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, hoʻopuka akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ʻōlelo hoʻopunipuni i mua o Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia ka hā o nā lā kaʻawale o lāua, me ka ʻī aku, “Haʻohaʻo hoʻi kēia pō oʻu.
Then on the fourth day of their separation, he told a lie to Laieikawai and said, "This was a strange night for me,
Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki akula kēia i Anahola, hoʻolimalima akula kēia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei.
He left the place and went to Anahola to bargain for a boat to go to Oahu, but he could not hire a boat to go to Oahu.
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.2
I ia pō iho, i ka hiki ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, he ʻumikumamālima ko lākou nui, hiki mua maila lākou ma Kamaile i Waiʻanae.
That night when the canoe star rose they left Kauai, 15 strong, and came first to Kamaile in Waianae.
Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.3
Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, kaʻapuni kēia iā Oʻahu nei, ma Koʻolau Poko kona hele mua ʻana a ma Kona nei, a mai ʻaneʻi aku, hiki ma ʻEwa.
forsook this place, journeyed about Oahu, first through Koolaupoko; from there to Ewa
Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.1
A nele ka makāula i ka ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, haʻalele kēia iā Kamaoha, hiki kēia i luna pono o Kaʻala, a ma laila ʻo ia i ʻike ai, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Molokaʻi.
When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow arching over Molokai.
Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.2
No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi.
Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this.
Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1
I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili.
On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds.
A hala nā lā ʻehā ma laila, haʻalele loa ka mālie o Hilo, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana mai o ka ʻāina a waiho wale mai ʻo Panaʻewa.
After four days it cleared over Hilo: the whole country was plainly visible, and Panaewa lay bare.
Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.2
Hoʻohuli hou nā waʻa i hope e ʻimi iā Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa, no laila, haʻalele loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio a hoʻi loa aku i Kauaʻi.
The canoe turned back to recover Kahalaomapuana, but the party did not find her; then Aiwohikupua abandoned his young sister and sailed straight for Kauai.
Iā lākou naʻe i ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua pūʻiwa koke lākou a holo akula me ka haʻalulu ʻeʻehia a pau loa lākou i ka hāʻule i ka honua, koe naʻe ʻo Kahalaomāpuana.
But when they actually saw Laieikawai, then they were filled with dread, and all except Kahalaomapuana ran trembling with fear and fell to the ground.
Ch.23 p.119 para.3 sent.3
Ua haʻalulu kuʻu manawa,
My heart Is trembling,
Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.1
“Iā ʻolua e hui ana, hoʻokahi hekili e kuʻi i ia manawa, nākolo ka honua, haʻalulu ka ʻaha a pau, i ia manawa, e hoʻouna aku wau iā ʻolua ma luna o nā manu.
"And when you two meet, a single peal of thunder will crash, the earth tremble, the whole place of assembly shall shake. Then I will send you two on the birds,
Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.5
A no ka ʻike maopopo ʻana aku o ʻAiwohikupua iā Lāʻieikawai, he mea ʻē hoʻi ka haʻalulu o kona puʻuwai, a waiho akula i ka honua, me he mea make lā.
And when Aiwohikupua looked upon Laieikawai his heart trembled, and he fell to the ground as if dead.
Ch.30 p.161 para.3 sent.1
ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “He haʻalulu nui koʻu a me ka weliweli, a pehea lā e pau ai kuʻu makaʻu?”
Said Laieikawai, "I tremble and am astonished, and how can my fear be stilled?"
Ch.30 p.163 para.7 sent.1
“E kuʻu Haku, he weliweli koʻu a me ka haʻalulu nui, a inā i manaʻo ʻoe e lawe i kuʻu ola nei, e pono ke lawe aku, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i hālāwai me kekahi mea weliweli nui ma mua e like me kēia,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai.
"My lord, I am amazed and tremble, and if you desire to take my life, it is well; for never have I met before with anyone so terrible as this!" answered Laieikawai.
A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō.
And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power.
”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna.
The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest.
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.1
I ia manawa a ke kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, hāʻawi maila ʻo Mālaekahana i ka lima hema me ka hoʻohuli ʻia o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
Now, when the priest asked Makaekahana to give him one of her hands she presented the left, with the palm upward.
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward."
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.1
Iā Hulumāniani i hālāwai aku ai me Poloʻula, nonoi akula ʻo ia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, a laila, hāʻawi ʻia maila ka waʻa me nā kānaka.
When Hulumaniani met Poloula he begged of him a canoe to go to Oahu. Then the canoe and men were given to him.
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.3
Inā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai he mau wāhine maikaʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi au e hāʻawi i koʻu kino e komo aku ma ke ʻano kolohe, he ʻole loa nō, no ka mea, he kanaka hana pono ʻole ʻia wau e nā wāhine mai koʻu wā ʻōpiopio mai a hiki i koʻu hoʻokanaka makua ʻana.
no matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by women from my youth up.
A no laila, e hele ʻoe a i ka malihini, e lūlū lima ʻolua, a e hāʻawi aku i kou aloha nona i aloha pū ai ʻolua me ka ʻike aku o ka ʻaha ua hoʻomoe a pau wale ke kaua.”
So, you go up to the stranger and shake hands, you two, and welcome him, to let the people see that the fight is altogether hushed up."
ʻĪ aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “I ʻae aku au e lilo ʻoe i ka mea ʻē no kuʻu nele i ka haʻawina waiwai o ko kāne, no ka mea, ma kuʻu maka ponoʻī nei nō ka waiwai a ko kāne i hāʻawi aʻe ai, a ʻo wau nō ke kū.
Said Kapukaihaoa, "I allowed you to be another's because your husband gave me no gifts; for in my very face your husband's gifts were given to others; there I stood,
Hāʻena (2)
Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.10
Nā hoa piʻi pali o Hāʻena,
The comrades who climbed the cliffs of Haena,
Ch.26 p.135 para.4 sent.2
E lawe koke aku iā lākou ma kēia pō nō i Kauaʻi, a hoʻonoho i nā pali o Hāʻena i uka o Honopūwaiakua.”
carry them at once to Kauai, this very night, and let them dwell on the cliff's of Haena in the uplands of Honopuwaiakua."
I ka hahau ʻana a lāua i ka papa mua, make ʻo ʻAiwohikupua.
In the first game, Aiwohikupua lost.
Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.2
Mai luna mai o Kaiwilahilahi, hahau ihola ka makāula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi, a pule akula ʻo ia ma ka inoa o nā akua o ʻAiwohikupua, a eia kāna pule, “E Lanipipili, e Laniʻoaka, e Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa, e Nākolowailani.
he advanced from Kaiwilahilahi, threw the pig before the chief, and prayed in the name of the gods of Aiwohikupua. and this was his prayer: "O Heavens, Lightning, and Rain; O Air, Thunder, and Earthquake;
Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.1
Piʻi akula ʻo Waka a hiki i Kūkaniloko, hoʻokokoke akula ʻo ia ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, hahau akula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke kahuna me ka pule ʻana.
Waka went up and reached Kukaniloko; she drew near the place where Laielohelohe was hidden, held the pig out to the priest and prayed,
Ch.26 p.135 para.5 sent.2
Ala aʻela ʻo ia, a lālau akula i ka puaʻa a me ka moa, a hahau akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “Pōmaikaʻi wau, e kuʻu Haku, i ka hōʻike ʻana mai a kuʻu akua iā ʻoe, no ka mea, he nui koʻu manawa i ukali aku ai iā ʻoe, me ka manaʻo, e loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi maiā ʻoe mai.
he arose and brought the pig and the cock and held them out to Laieikawai, saying, "Blessed
am I, my mistress, that my god has shown you to me, for long have I followed you to win a blessing from you.
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.5
A hoʻi mai ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, haʻi ʻia akula, ua hānau ʻo Mālaekahana he kaikamahine.
When Kahauokapaka returned from the fishing he was told that Malaekahana had borne a daughter.
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.1
Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe.
As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign;
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward."
Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.1
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna mau ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ka hale.
Then the priest counseled Malaekahana, "Go back to the house;
Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.5
I hoʻi mai ia, ua lilo iaʻu ke keiki, a inā e nīnau mai, haʻi aku ʻoe he keiki ʻaluʻalu, a laila pau wale.”
when he comes back, the child will be in my charge, and if he asks, tell him it was an abortion, nothing more."
Haʻi maila ka moʻopuna, “Ua hiki mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i oʻu nei ma ka moeʻuhane e ʻōlelo mai ana, e ʻāhaʻi loa ʻoe iaʻu i Hawaiʻi a hoʻonoho ma Paliuli, a ma laila kāua e noho ai.
The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in Paliuli;
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.1
I ia manawa a ia nei i hiki ai i ka waʻa, haʻi mua akula ʻo ia i kona manaʻo i nā mea waʻa, “E nā mea waʻa, e haʻi mai ʻoukou i kaʻu hana ma kēia holo ʻana o kākou.
When he reached the shore he first made a bargain with them. "You paddlers, tell me what you expect of me on this trip;
Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.2
Ma kā ʻoukou mea e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai, no ka mea, he kanaka wau i hana pono ʻole ʻia e nā mea waʻa i koʻu holo ʻana mai Oʻahu mai, no laila wau e haʻi mua aku nei iā ʻoukou, e nā mea waʻa, malia o like ʻoukou me lāua.”
whatever you demand, I will accede to; for I was not well treated by the men who brought me here from Oahu, so I will first make a bargain with you men, lest you should be like them."
Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.2
ʻAʻole nō i hiki i ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai ia hoʻohiki a kāua, no ka mea, ua haʻi mua aku wau iā ʻoe, aia a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi iaʻu, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia kou kumu pili, e ke Aliʻi wahine.
but the time has not come for its fulfillment, for I said to you. * When I have sailed about Hawaii then the princess's bet shall be paid:
Ch.9 p.48 para.10 sent.1
“Hoʻopaʻa nō hoʻi ʻoe,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “Kainoa ua haʻi mua iho nei wau iā ʻoe i koʻu manaʻo e hoʻi kākou.
"You are persistent.'" said Aiwohikupua. "Did I not tell you I
wanted to go back,
Ch.10 p.51 para.3 sent.2
Kainoa ua haʻi mua iho nei nō wau iā ʻoukou no kā ʻoukou waiwai ʻole, ʻo ia kuʻu mea i haʻalele ai iā ʻoukou.
haven't I told you that I leave you because you are worthless?
Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.2
Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku, ua haʻi mua aku ʻo Maliʻo i kāna ʻōlelo i kona kaikunāne penei, “E haku ʻoe i lehua, a huihui a lilo i mea hoʻokahi.
Malio had already instructed her brother, as follows: "Take lehua flowers, bind them into a cluster,
A lohe kāna mau kaikamāhine i kēia wānana a ka makāula, nalu ihola lākou i loko o lākou iho ma ke kaʻawale i kēia wānana a ka makāula, me ka haʻi ʻole aku i ua makāula nei, no ka mea, ua hoʻomanaʻo wale aʻela lākou no kā lākou mea i hoʻouna ai i ko lākou kaikaina.
When his daughters heard the seer's prophecy, they wondered within themselves that he should prophesy at this distance, without knowing anything about their sister's mission for which they waited.
Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi.
Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs.
I kēlā wā, pāpāiʻawa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā haiā wāhine ona e hoʻopau i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻohiki i mua o Lanipipili kona akua.
At this time Aiwohikupua, with his underchiefs and the women of his household, clapped hands in prayer before Lanipipili, his god, to annul his vow.
Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.1
Kāhiko akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualiʻi kāne, a me nā kaukaualiʻi wahine a me nā punahele i ka ʻahuʻula, a ʻo nā haiā wāhine kekahi i kāhiko ʻia i ka ʻahu ʻoʻeno, a kāhiko ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kapa hau a Poliʻahu i hāʻawi aku ai; kau ihola i ka mahiole ʻie i haku ʻia i ka hulu o nā ʻiʻiwi.
Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given him, put on the helmet of ie vine wrought with feathers of the red iiwi bird.
Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe.
As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign;
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.3
”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna.
The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest.
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward."
Ch.1 p.5 para.2 sent.2
Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻomaopopo nā mea a pau i ke ʻano o kēia ānuenue, akā, ua hoʻomau ʻia kēia mau hailona aliʻi ma nā wahi i mālama ʻia ai ua mau māhoe nei.
yet no one understood the nature of this rainbow, but such signs as attend a chief were always present wherever the twins were guarded.
Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.2
Akā, no ke ake nui o Kaʻōnohiokalā e kaʻawale aku ʻo ia i kahi ʻē, i mea e ʻike ʻole ʻia ai kona kalohe ʻana, no laila, hailona akula ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, a ʻo ka mea e kū ai ka hailona, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani.
but because of Kaonohiokala's great desire to get her away so that she would not detect his mischievous doings, therefore he cast lots upon his sisters, and the one upon whom the lot rested must go back to Kealohilani.
Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.1
Kiola akula nā mea i koe i kā lākou, akā, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole i hōʻike mai, ʻī mai naʻe “Ua kū iaʻu ka hailona.”
"The others laid down theirs, but Kahalaomapuana did not show hers; said he, "The lot rests upon you."
Haʻi ʻia maila, “Ua kuahaua ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a ʻo ka mea a ʻAiwohikupua e makemake ai, a laila, e lawe ʻo ia ʻelua mau kaikamāhine i mau wāhine nāna, a ʻo lāua nā mea pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama.
He was told, "All the virgins have been summoned by the chief's command, and the two who please Aiwohikupua, these he will take for his wives in place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama,
Ch.26 p.136 para.7 sent.2
Akā, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi o kēia poʻe kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa ke pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama.
but not one of these can fill the loss of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama.
Ch.26 p.138 para.8 sent.1
A māmā aʻela ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona luna e lawe mai i ka makāula me nā kaikamāhine pū mai, i pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama.
When the chief recovered he commanded his head man to bring the seer and his daughter to fill the place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama.
Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.2
ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hoʻokō koke i ia manawa, akā, i mea e pono ai ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā, no laila, waiho akula ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kahalaomāpuana, a ʻo ka makāula nō kona kuhina nui, a hoʻonoho ʻia akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kiaʻāina paha no Kauaʻi, iā Mailekaluhea no Oʻahu, ʻo Mailelauliʻi no Maui a me nā moku ʻē aʻe; iā Mailepākaha no Hawaiʻi.
Not just at that time, but he made things right with Kekalukaluokewa by putting him in Kahalaomapuana's place and the seer as his chief counsellor. Mailehaiwale was made governor on Kauai, Mailekaluhea on Oahu, Mailelaulii on Maui and the other islands, Mailepakaha on Hawaii.
Ch.33 p.178 para.6 sent.3
I ia manawa, hoʻokaʻawale ʻia aʻela kona huhū mai ona aku, a pani ʻia ihola ka hilahila a me ka makaʻu ma ka hakahaka o ka huhū.
Then her rage left her and shame and fear took the place of rage.
Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.4
A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kaʻōnohiokalā.
and at the end Kahalaomapuana was taken to fill Kaonohiokala's place.
Ch.34 p.189 para.6 sent.1
ʻĪ mai naʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “ʻAʻole e ʻae ʻia kou kaikaina e noho pū me kākou, no ka mea, ua haumia ʻo ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, akā, inā he manaʻo kou i ko kaikaina, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe, a e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kekalukaluokēwā.”
Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "Your sister can not live here with us, for she is defiled with Kaonohiokala; but if you want your sister, then you go and fill Kekalukaluokewa's place."
Pane akula ʻo ia i mua o kona hoa hakakā, “E ke kamaʻāina, ua noi mai ʻoe iaʻu e leʻaleʻa kāua a eia hoʻi kaʻu noi iā ʻoe.
and he answered his opponent: "O native born, you have asked me to have some fun with you, and this is what I ask of you:
Ch.4 p.27 para.3 sent.1
ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole au e ʻaʻa aku e hakakā me ʻoe ma kāu noi ke ʻole ʻoe e kū mai me nā mea ʻē aʻe ma kou aoʻao.
Answered Aiwohikupua, "I will not accept the challenge without others on your side,
Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.3
A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia kaena a ʻAiwohikupua e kuʻi, a laila, leha aʻela nā maka o Ihuanu a puni ka ʻaha, ʻike akula ʻo ia e hiʻi ʻia mai ana kekahi keiki ʻōpiopio loa, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ihuanu iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole naʻu ʻoe e kuʻi, na kēlā wahi keiki e hiʻi ʻia maila, nāna ʻoe e kuʻi, a ʻo ia kou hoa hakakā.”
When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your opponent."
Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.1
A make ihola ʻo Ihuanu, hele maila kona mau hoa e waiho ana, nā mea hoʻi nāna i ʻōlelo mai e hoʻōki ka hakakā me ka nīnau iho, “E Ihuanu!
When Cold-nose was dead his supporters came to where he was lying, those who had warned him to end the fight, and cried, "Aha! Cold-nose,
Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.2
Ua hiki anei i ko ʻai i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā mākou ke hoʻōla iā ʻoe e hakakā hou me kēlā kanaka ikaika lua ʻole?”
could the fruit we have never tasted save you? Will you fight a second time with that man of might?"
Ch.5 p.32 para.1 sent.1
Haʻi maila nā wāhine iā lākou, “He ʻaha hoʻokūkū mokomoko, a ʻo ka mea ʻoi o ka ikaika, a laila, ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia e hele e kuʻikuʻi me ke kanaka Kauaʻi i hakakā mai nei me Ihuanu a make mai nei ua ʻo Ihuanu.
The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose;
“ʻO kūlana nalu kēia,” wahi a Halaaniani, “Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoe, inā i haki ka nalu mua, ʻaʻole kāua e pae i ia nalu.
"This is our crest." said Halaaniani. "I warn you when the first wave breaks, do not ride that wave,
Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.4
I haki ka nalu, a i kākala, a i ʻō ʻia ʻoe, mai haʻalele ʻoe i ka papa; ʻo ka mea nō ia nāna e hoʻolana.
When the wave breaks and scatters, keep on, do not leave the board which keeps you floating;
Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.2
I kēlā manawa, aia nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai i loko o ka halehale poʻipū o ka nalu, a i ka haki maikaʻi ʻana o ka nalu, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole ʻo Halaaniani me ia.
Now, when Laieikawai was deep under the wave, the crest broke finely; Laieikawai glanced about to see how things were; Halaaniani was not with her.
ʻĪ hou aku kona kuhina, “E kuʻu Haku, e hoʻomanawanui hou kāua.
His counsellor spoke again. "My lord, have patience;
Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.1
A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a me kona kuhina i kēia hōʻole hou ʻana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻī aku ua kuhina nei ona, “E kuʻu Haku, pale ka pono!
When Aiwohikupua heard this fresh refusal from Laieikawai, his counsellor said. "My lord, it is useless!
Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.4
I pāweo ai nā maka o kuʻu haku,
The eyes of our chief are turned away in displeasure,
Ch.10 p.54 para.8 sent.1
“Ko mākou kaikunāne haku,
Our brother and lord,
Ch.17 p.88 para.11 sent.2
Ma kēia hoʻopau ʻia ʻana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā, manaʻo ihola lāua, e haʻi i nā mea huna i pāpā ʻia iā lāua e ko lāua haku, no laila, ua hoʻokō lāua i kā lāua mea i ʻōhumu ai.
At this, Snipe and his companion decided to tell the secrets prohibited to the two by their master. Now how they carried out their intrigue,
Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.3
A pau na ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi i ka haʻi ʻia, hoʻi akula ko ke aliʻi ʻelele a haʻi akula ma ka pololei, a laila, he mea maikaʻi ia i kona haku.
Having given his message, the messenger returned and reported aright; then his lord was pleased.
Kāhiko akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualiʻi kāne, a me nā kaukaualiʻi wahine a me nā punahele i ka ʻahuʻula, a ʻo nā haiā wāhine kekahi i kāhiko ʻia i ka ʻahu ʻoʻeno, a kāhiko ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kapa hau a Poliʻahu i hāʻawi aku ai; kau ihola i ka mahiole ʻie i haku ʻia i ka hulu o nā ʻiʻiwi.
Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given him, put on the helmet of ie vine wrought with feathers of the red iiwi bird.
Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua makāula nei i Kalaupapa, akā, ʻo ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei ke kūkala hele no Lāʻieikawai.
When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival.
Ch.3 p.15 para.1 sent.1
Ua ʻaneʻane e hala nā lā he ʻumi iā ia ma Molokaʻi, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka pūnohu i luna o Haleakalā.
About 10 days passed at Molokai before he saw the end of the rainbow standing over Haleakala;
Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.5
No kuʻu manaʻo he wahaheʻe na kuʻu wahi kahu, no laila, kauoha aʻe ana wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa i ke kaula, akā, ua hala ʻē ua wahi kahu nei oʻu i uka o Paliuli e nīnau aku i ua wahine nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ʻole ʻana i kai i ia pō me ka haʻi aku nō hoʻi e make ana ia.
Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to tell her he was to die.
Ch.4 p.23 para.6 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ia manawa, hoʻomau akula ke aliʻi i ka inu ʻawa a hala nā lā he nui; ua like paha me hoʻokahi makahiki.
After this the chief kept on drinking awa many days, perhaps a year,
Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.3
I ia manawa, e waiho koke mai ana ʻo Ihuanu i ka puʻupuʻu, hū ka makani ma ka pāpālina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻaʻole naʻe i kū, no ka mea, ua ʻalo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ia ka mea i hala ai.
Then Cold-nose instantly delivered a blow like the whiz of the wind at Aiwohikupua's face, but Aiwohikupua dodged and he missed it.
Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.1
A hala ka puʻupuʻu a Ihuanu, e waiho koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kāna puʻupuʻu, kū nō i ka houpo, hulā ma ke kua.
As the blow missed, Aiwohikupua instantly sent his blow, struck right on the chest and pierced to his back;
Mai kēia lā aku a hiki i koʻu mau lā hope, ʻaʻole loa ana wau e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male naʻu mai Kauaʻi nei a hala loa i Hawaiʻi.
From this day until my last I will take no woman of all these islands to be my wife, even from Kauai unto Hawaii,
Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.1
I kēlā wā, lele kaʻawale loa akula lāua a hala loa i luna lilo.
As they flew far upward and were lost to sight on high,
Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.5
A hiki lākou i Kaʻuiki, ua hala loa akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mā i Honokalani.
and they came to Kauwiki; Kekalukaluokewa and his companion had gone on to Honokalani;
Halaaniani (88)
Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.5
A no kēia mea, ua lilo ʻo Paliuli i ʻāina aloha loa na lākou, a ma laila lākou i noho ai a hiki i ka haunaele ʻana iā Halaaniani.
So Paliuli became to them a land beloved, and there they dwelt until the trouble came upon them which was wrought by Halaaniani.
Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.1
I nā manawa a pau o ko Lāʻieikawai hele ʻana ma Keaʻau, he mea mau i kēia keiki, iā Halaaniani, ka ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai ma Keaʻau.
Every time Laieikawai came to Keaau the youth Halaaniani saw her
Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.2
Me ka ʻike ʻole naʻe o Halaaniani i kahi e hele mai ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, mai ia manawa mai ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka manaʻo ʻino e ake e loaʻa ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
without knowing where she came from; from that time the wicked purpose never left his mind to win Laieikawai,
Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.4
A, ʻo ua Halaaniani nei, ke kaikunāne o Maliʻo, he keiki kaulana ia ma Puna no ke kanaka uʻi; he keiki koaka naʻe.
As to this Halaaniani, he was Malio's brother, a youth famous throughout Puna for his good looks, but a profligate fellow.
Ch.20 p.104 para.4 sent.1
I ka ʻehā o nā lā hoʻomalu o Lāʻieikawai, he mea hoʻohuoi iā Halaaniani ka nalo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole i hiki hou ma Keaʻau.
During the four days of Laieikawai's retirement Halaaniani brooded jealously over her absence. She came no more to Keaau.
Ch.20 p.104 para.4 sent.2
Iā Halaaniani i hoʻokokoke mai ai ma kahi o nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau, lohe ihola ʻo ia, e lilo ana ua Lāʻieikawai nei iā Kekalukaluokēwā.
In the village he heard that Laieikawai was to be Kekalukaluokewa's.
Ma muli o ke kauoha o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, hoʻi maila ʻo Halaaniani a ma kona hale noho ma kula a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine.
According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to his house at Kula. He came at the time his sister had commanded.
Hālawa (1)
Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.2
I ia hele ʻana, ma Kaluaʻaha kona hiki mua ʻana a moe aku ʻo ia i Hālawa.
As he went he came first to Kaluaaha and slept at Halawa,
Ake akula ʻo ia e hālāwai me Poloʻula me ka manaʻo e noi aku i ke aliʻi i waʻa e hiki ai i Oʻahu.
and he desired to meet Poloula to ask the chief for a canoe to go to Oahu.
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.1
Iā Hulumāniani i hālāwai aku ai me Poloʻula, nonoi akula ʻo ia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, a laila, hāʻawi ʻia maila ka waʻa me nā kānaka.
When Hulumaniani met Poloula he begged of him a canoe to go to Oahu. Then the canoe and men were given to him.
Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1
Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi.
They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai.
Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.2
Iā lāua i hālāwai aku ai me ka mea waʻa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka, “E ʻae anei ʻoe iā māua e kau pū aku me ʻoe ma ko waʻa a holo aku i kāu wahi i manaʻo ai e holo?”
When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?"
Ch.2 p.12 para.6 sent.2
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, lawe aʻela ʻo ia i nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i mōhai no ka manawa e hālāwai aku ai, a hele akula.
After the talk, he took everything that he had prepared for sacrifice when they should meet and departed.
Ch.3 p.13 para.1 sent.1
I ia hele ʻana o ka makāula ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kahi kanaka, hiki mua kēia i luna o Kawela.
When the seer set out after meeting that man, he went first up Kawela;
ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking;
A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi.
The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it.
Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.1
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna mau ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ka hale.
Then the priest counseled Malaekahana, "Go back to the house;
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Mālaekahana a hiki i ka hale.
At the end of this talk, Malaekahana went back to the house,
Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.4
E noho ʻolua i ka hale nei.
live here in the house;
Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.5
Na ʻolua nā mea a pau o loko, ʻaʻole kekahi mea e koe o ka hale nei iā ʻolua.
everything within is yours, not a single thing is withholden from you in the house;
Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.”
And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle."
I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō.
Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '";
Hele akula lākou a kū ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi , wehe aʻela ke kahu o Lāʻieikawai i ka puka a ʻike akula lākou e like me ka ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikaina.
They went and stood at the door of the chief-house. Laieikawai's attendant opened the door, and they saw just what their sister had described to them.
Ma muli o ke kauoha o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, hoʻi maila ʻo Halaaniani a ma kona hale noho ma kula a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine.
According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to his house at Kula. He came at the time his sister had commanded.
No laila, koi ikaika aʻela lākou i ke aliʻi e hoʻopaʻa ʻia i loko o ka hale paehumu (ka hale paʻahao ), kahi e hoʻopaʻa ai i ko ke aliʻi poʻe lawehala.
They strongly urged the chief, therefore, to bind him within the
house of detention, the prison house, where the chief's enemies are
wont to be imprisoned.
Ch.26 p.138 para.3 sent.5
Nui loa ihola ka huhū o ke aliʻi i nā luna o ka hale paʻahao , kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ka makāula.
Great was the chiefs anger against the keeper of the prison where the prophet was confined.
ʻĪ akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ua kokoke mai ka lā e maʻi ai ko makuahine, no laila, ma kēia pō, e hele mua ʻoe ma ka hale peʻa , ma laila ʻoe e moe ai.
Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "It is almost time for your mother to come, so to-night, get to the taboo house first and sleep there;
Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.5
Ma ia pō iho, hoʻouna akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā Kahalaomāpuana i loko o ka hale peʻa .
That night Moanalihaikawaokele sent Kahalaomapuana into the house set apart for women.
Haleakalā (2)
Ch.3 p.15 para.1 sent.1
Ua ʻaneʻane e hala nā lā he ʻumi iā ia ma Molokaʻi, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka pūnohu i luna o Haleakalā.
About 10 days passed at Molokai before he saw the end of the rainbow standing over Haleakala;
Ch.3 p.15 para.1 sent.2
Haʻalele kēia iā Molokaʻi, hiki mua ʻo ia i luna o Haleakalā ma kēlā lua pele, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
he left Molokai, went first to Haleakala, to the fire pit, but did not see the person he was seeking.
I kēlā manawa, aia nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai i loko o ka halehale poʻipū o ka nalu, a i ka haki maikaʻi ʻana o ka nalu, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole ʻo Halaaniani me ia.
Now, when Laieikawai was deep under the wave, the crest broke finely; Laieikawai glanced about to see how things were; Halaaniani was not with her.
Haleolono (1)
Ch.2 p.8 para.6 sent.2
Holo akula lākou a kau ma Haleolono i Molokaʻi.
and they sailed and came to Haleolono, on Molokai.
The first faint fear branches and grows — I can not bear it!
Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.2
I loko naʻe o kāna manawa e ʻōlelo nei no ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻī maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “E nā hoa, iā Kahalaomāpuana e ʻōlelo nei no Kaʻōnohiokalā, ke kaikunāne o kākou, kuʻu kāne hoʻi, ke kau ʻē mai nei iaʻu ka haliʻa o ka makaʻu a me ka weliweli.
When she recited the charge given her by Kaonohiokala, Laieikawai said to her companions, "O comrades, as Kahalaomapuana tells me the message of your brother and my husband, a strange foreboding weighs upon me, and I am amazed;
Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou.
When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says."
A ʻona ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, hāliu pono akula ʻo ia ma kahi a Kauakahialiʻi e noho mai ana, ʻōlelo akula, “E Kauakahialiʻi ē, iā ʻoe nō e kamaʻilio ana iā mākou no Lāʻieikawai, komo koke ihola i loko oʻu ka makemake no kēlā wahine, no laila, moe ʻino koʻu mau pō e ake e ʻike.
While under the influence of the awa, Aiwohikupua turned right around upon Kanakahialii, who was sitting near, and said: "O Kanakahialii, when you were talking to us about Laieikawai, straightway there entered into me desire after that woman; then sleepless were my nights with the wish to sec her;
Ch.28 p.153 para.9 sent.1
A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāliu akula ʻo ia i ko lāua makuahine, me ka nīnau aku, “E Laukieleʻula, ua ʻae anei ʻoe iaʻu e kiʻi i ka mea a ia nei e ʻōlelo mai nei i wahine naʻu?”
When the chief heard these things, he turned to their mother and asked, "Laukieleula, do you consent to my going to get the one whom she speaks of for my wife?"
Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka, hāliu akula ka makāula i ke aliʻi, a ʻōlelo akula, “Mai hoʻolohe i kā ko kupuna wahine, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana ka luku nui ma luna o nā aliʻi.
And at Waka's words the seer turned to the chiefs and said, "Do not listen to your grandmother, for a great destruction is coming over the chiefs.
ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho ma hope iho o kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, halulu ana ʻo Mokukelekahiki lāua me Kāʻeloikamalama ma ka puka o ka hale.
Not long after, Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama thundered at the door of the house.
Ch.28 p.151 para.3 sent.1
ʻAʻole kēia i liʻuliʻu iho, halulu ana ka makuahine.
She had not been there long; the mother came in a rage;
Haluluikekihiokamalama (1)
Ch.28 p.152 para.4 sent.2
“E Haluluikekihiokamalama ē,
O Halulu at the edge of the light,
Hāmākua (5)
Ch.3 p.17 para.6 sent.2
Kaʻahele akula ʻo ia iā Hawaiʻi, ma Hāmākua kona hiki mua ʻana.
and traversed Hawaii, starting from Hamakua,
Ch.3 p.17 para.7 sent.1
Iā ia i hiki ai i Hāmākua, ma lalo o Waipiʻo kona wahi i noho ai ma Pākaʻalana; ʻaʻole naʻe he nui kona mau lā ma laila.
Having arrived at Hamakua, he dwelt in the Waipio Valley at the temple of Pakaalana but did not stay there long.
Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.4
Kuʻi akula ka lono o kēia make a puni ʻo Kohala, Hāmākua, a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi.
and the report of the deed spread through Kohala, Hamakua, and all around Hawaii.
Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.1
I ka lā a ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele ai iā Pāʻauhau ma Hāmākua, i ka lā hoʻi i holo mai ai a hiki i Laupāhoehoe, ua ʻike mua akula ka makāula i nā mea a pau i kekahi ahiahi iho ma mua o ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana ma Laupāhoehoe, a penei kona ʻike ʻana.
On the day when Aiwohikupua's party left Paauhau, at Hamakua, on the same clay as he sailed and came to Laupahoehoe, the prophet foresaw it all on the evening before he arrived, and it happened thus:
Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.1
Ma kēia holo ʻana mai Keaʻau mai a kau i Kamaeʻe ma Hilopalikū, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā laila, hiki lākou i Humuʻula ma ka palena o Hilo me Hāmākua.
On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between Hilo and Hamakua;
A pau kā lākou pihe uē, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “He mea kupanaha, iā kākou e uē nei, ʻo ka hāmama wale iho nō kā koʻu waha, ʻaʻole a kahe mai o ka waimaka, ʻo ke kaea pū wale aʻela nō ia, me he mea lā, i pania mai ka waimaka.”
After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as if the tears were shut off."
ʻĪ akula nā kaikamāhine, “ʻO ia hoʻi kā mākou i hamumu iho nei, no ka mea, ua lohe mua nō mākou i kēia mea iā ʻoe, ʻoiai, ʻaʻole kēia (Kahalaomāpuana) i hiki mai, a ma kā ia nei hoʻi ʻana mai nei, lohe hope mākou iā ia nei.”
The daughters answered, ''This is what we have been whispering about, for first you told us these things while Kahalaomapuana had not yet returned, and since her return she has told us the same thing again."
No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi.
Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this.
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana.
Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean.
Ch.2 p.8 para.3 sent.1
A laila, nīnau akula ʻo ia i nā mea waʻa, “He aha iho nei kēia hana a ʻolua iaʻu i hoʻi hope ai ka waʻa?
Then he asked the paddlers: "What are you doing to me to take the canoe back again?
Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.2
Inā ʻo kuʻu noho wale ke kumu o ka hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa o kākou i Oʻahu, a laila, ke ʻōlelo nei au ua hewa ka mea i luna o kua ʻiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kāna, ʻaʻole āna hana.”
if you say the reason for your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing."
Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3
Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa.
there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found.
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa, pūʻiwa koke aʻela ʻo ia me ka lele o kona ʻōʻili me ka maikaʻi ʻole o kona noʻonoʻo ʻana, akā, ua kali lōʻihi nō ʻo ia me ka hoʻomanawanui a maopopo leʻa ka hana a kēlā wahi ʻōnohi.
he grew excited, his pulse beat quickly, but he waited long and patiently to see what the rainbow was doing.
I ia manawa a ia nei i hiki ai i ka waʻa, haʻi mua akula ʻo ia i kona manaʻo i nā mea waʻa, “E nā mea waʻa, e haʻi mai ʻoukou i kaʻu hana ma kēia holo ʻana o kākou.
When he reached the shore he first made a bargain with them. "You paddlers, tell me what you expect of me on this trip;
Hāna (14)
Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.1
Haʻalele lākou iā Kīpahulu, hiki lākou ma Hāna.
They left Kipahulu and went to Hana,
Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.4
Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo i Hāna, he nui ka poʻe i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi i ke aliʻi no ka pākela o ka maikaʻi.
When they reached the canoe landing at Haneoo at Hana the people crowded to behold the chief, because of his exceeding beauty.
Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā naʻe i hiki aku ai, e heʻe nalu mai ana nā kāne a me nā wāhine i ka nalu o Pūhele, aia naʻe i laila kekahi kaikamahine aliʻi maikaʻi kaulana o Hāna ʻo Hinaikamalama kona inoa.
When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, Hinaikamalama by name.
Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.2
I loko hoʻi o ko lāua ʻike ʻana i ua kaikamahine aliʻi nei o Hāna, a laila, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e nā kuko, a ʻo ia nō hoʻi ke kumu o ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana ma laila i ia lā.
When they saw the princess of Hana, the chief and his counsellor conceived a passion for her; that was the reason why Aiwohikupua stayed there that day.
Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.6
Inā he makemake e noho i Hāna nei nō hoʻi, noho iho.”
if you wish to stay, this is Hana, stay here."
Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.2
ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i hoʻopalau me Hinaikamalama, ke kaikamahine aliʻi kaulana o Hāna?
Are you not betrothed to Hinaikamalama, the famous princess of Hana?
Ma ia manawa mai, he mea mau iā Kekalukaluokēwā ka hele pinepine i o Hinaikamalama i kēlā pō kēia pō me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia, a hala he anahulu ʻokoʻa o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻomau ʻana e hana hewa me Hinaikamalama me ka ʻike ʻole o kāna wahine, no ka mea, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ko Lāʻielohelohe ʻike e ka ʻona ʻawa mau ma muli o ka makemake o kāna kāne.
After that, Kekalukaluokewa went to Hinaikamalama every night without being seen; ten whole days passed that the two did evil together without the wife knowing it; for in order to carry out her husband's desire Laielohelohe's senses were darkened by the effects of awa.
I ka lua o ka pō, hana hou nō ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna hana, ma ka pili naʻe o ke ahiahi kāna hoʻomaka ʻana e hoʻokani.
The second night Kahalaomapuana did the same thing again; she began early in the evening to play,
Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.2
A no ke kumu ʻole o kona manaʻo iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no laila, hūnā ihola ʻo ia iā ia ma loko o nā hale kuaʻāina hiki ʻole iā ia ke noho, no kona manaʻo, o hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, hana hou ʻia ka hewa me kona makemake ʻole kona peʻe ma nā hale kuaʻāina.
And not wishing to meet Kaonohiokala, she hid inside the country people's houses where he would not come, lest Kaonohiokala should come again and sin with her against her wish; so she fled to the country people's houses,
Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.3
ʻAʻole naʻe i holo, no ka mea, ua hōʻōmaʻimaʻi aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, a no laila, ua hala i ia pō, a i kekahi pō iho, hana hou nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kāna hana, a no ia mea, ua haʻalele ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha i kāna kāne, a hoʻi akula i Kauaʻi ma kona mau waʻa me kona manaʻo hou ʻole aku iā Kekalukaluokēwā.
but they did not, for Kekalukaluokewa pretended to be ill, and they postponed going that night. The next day he did the same thing again, so Laielohelohe gave up her love for her husband and returned to Kauai with her canoe, without thinking again of Kekalukaluokewa.
ʻO Maliʻo naʻe, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana ; a ʻo ia wale nō kona kumu i hoʻāno ai.
Now Malio had power to do supernatural deeds: it was to secure this power that she lived apart.
Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.2
A ʻo Maliʻo, ke kaikuahine o Halaaniani, ua ʻike ʻia ma kona kuamoʻo moʻolelo, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana he nui.
Malio, the sister of Halaaniani, as is seen in the story of her life, can do many marvelous things,
Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.3
Ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamālua a me ka mokuna iwakāluakumamākolu e ʻike ai kākou i ka nui o kāna mau hana mana .
and in Chapters XXII and XXIII yon will see what great deeds she had power to perform.
Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.2
A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō.
And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power.
Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua makāula nei i Kalaupapa, akā, ʻo ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei ke kūkala hele no Lāʻieikawai.
When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival.
Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.6
Aia ke kupuna wahine o Lāʻieikawai ke hōʻuluʻulu maila i nā moa e like me kāna hana mau .”
there is Laieikawai's grandmother calling together the chickens as usual."
Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.3
I ia manawa, hāʻawi maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka lei lehua, hoʻolei ihola ma ka ʻāʻī o Hauaʻiliki e like me kāna hana mau i ka poʻe akamai i ka heʻe nalu.
then Laieikawai threw a lehua wreath around Hauailiki's neck, as she always did for those who showed skill in surf riding.
Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.4
I ʻehā lā āu e mākaʻi aku ai, a ʻike ʻoe i kāna hana mau , a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe a haʻi mai iaʻu, a laila, naʻu e hoʻouna aku iā ʻoe e hoʻowalewale i ua kaikamahine lā.
for four days, and see what she does; then come back and tell me; then I will send you to seduce the girl.
Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.1
I kēlā hele ʻana kēia hele ʻana a Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāna hana mau i lalo nei, a hiki i ka ʻehā makahiki, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻia mai ka nani o Lāʻielohelohe ma mua o kāna ʻike mua ʻana, a māhuahua loa aʻela ka manaʻo ʻino o Kaʻōnohiokalā.
On every trip Kaonohiokala took to do his work below, for four years, lo! Laielohelohe's loveliness grew beyond what he had seen before, and his sinful lust increased mightily,
Ch.31 p.168 para.4 sent.1
I ka lima o ka makahiki, ma ka pau ʻana o ka hapahā mua o ua makahiki lā, iho hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāna hana mau i lalo nei.
In the fifth year, at the end of the first quarter, Kaonohiokala went away to do his work below.
Ch.34 p.183 para.3 sent.1
A ʻike maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā he hiamoe ʻiʻo ko kāna wahine no ka ʻona ʻawa, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka hou ke kāne i kāna hana mau , a hele akula i o Hinaikamalama lā.
When Kekalukaluokewa thought that his wife was fast asleep under the effects of the awa, then he started to make his usual visit to Hinaikamalama.
Iā lākou e hele ana, hānau aʻela ua keiki nei he kaikamahine, a lilo aʻela iā Waka ka hānai a kapa ihola i ka inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
While they were gone the child was born, a girl, and she was given to Waka, and they named her Laieikawai.
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1
Iā Waka me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale me nā hānai a lāua, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Pehea lā auaneʻi e nalo ai nā hānai a kāua iā Kahauokapaka?”
When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from Kahauokapaka?"
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.2
Aia ma laila kekahi ana i ʻike ʻole ʻia e nā mea a pau, a naʻu nō hoʻi e ʻimi koʻu wahi e mālama ai i kaʻu hānai.
a cave is there which no one knows about, and it will be my business to seek a place of protection for my foster child."
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.1
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku.
Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come.
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.5
Hoʻolohe mai auaneʻi ʻoe a i kani aku ka leo o ka ʻiʻiwipōlena, a laila, aia wau ma waho o ka hale o ko hānai.
if you hear the note of the iiwipolena, then am I without your ward's house;
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.6
ʻImi aʻe ʻolua a loaʻa wau ma waho, ʻo ia kuʻu manawa e launa ai me ko hānai.' Pēlā mai ka ʻōlelo o ua wahi kahu nei oʻu.
seek me, you two, and find me without; that is your ward's chance to meet me.' So my man told me.
No laila, i hele mai nei au e noi aku iā ʻoe, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i waʻa noʻu a me nā kānaka pū mai, e kiʻi wau i ka hānai a Kapūkaʻihaoa, iā Lāʻielohelohe.
Therefore, I come to beseech you to give me a canoe and men also, and I will go and get the foster child of Kapukaihaoa, Laielohelohe,
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.4
Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō.
but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die;
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.5
Aia nō ke ola a hānau mai a he keiki kāne, ola nā hānau muli inā he mau kaikamāhine.”
only one thing shall save them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after."
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.1
I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine.
About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter,
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.4
I ia manawa i hānau ai, aia naʻe ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka lawaiʻa me nā kānaka.
At the time when she was born, Kahauokapaka was away at the fishing with the men.
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.5
A hoʻi mai ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, haʻi ʻia akula, ua hānau ʻo Mālaekahana he kaikamahine.
When Kahauokapaka returned from the fishing he was told that Malaekahana had borne a daughter.
Ma ia hope iho, hāpai hou ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau hou maila he kaikamahine.
After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second
daughter,
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward."
Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3
Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe.
As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe.
Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō.
but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die;
Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.1
A laila, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailehaʻiwale, i ka hānau mua o lākou e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, kū ihola ma ka puka ponoʻī o ka hale o Lāʻieikawai.
Then Aiwohikupua took Mailehaiwale, the first born; she stood right at the door of Laieikawai's house,
Ch.9 p.47 para.3 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Nele aʻela kā i ka hānau mua , oki loa aku paha lākou.”
Said Aiwohikupua. "If the firstborn fails, the others perhaps will be worthless."
Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.1
“ʻAe,” wahi a ko lākou kaikaina, “e hoʻā kākou i ahi ma kēlā pō kēia pō a e oli aku ka hānau mua , a laila, i ka muli iho, pēlā a pau kākou i hoʻokahi nō olioli ʻana a ka mea hoʻokahi ma ka pō, a laila, iaʻu ka pō hope loa.
"yes," said their younger sister, "let us burn a fire every night, and let the oldest sing, then the next, and so on until the last of us, only one of us sing each night, then I will come the last night;
Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.3
A no kona hānau mua ʻana, lilo ai ʻo ia i hiwahiwa na nā mākua o kākou.
He was the firstborn of us; he was greatly beloved by our parents;
Hanauma (1)
Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.1
I ka wanaʻao o ia pō, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, hiki ma Puʻuloa, a ma laila aku a kau ma Hanauma.
That night, at the approach of day, they left Kauai, came to Puuloa, and there rested at Hanauma;
Iā lākou e hālāwai ana me ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻopuka maila ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini he ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi, penei nō ia, “Ua lohe wau i ko ʻoukou kaikaina he poʻe ʻoukou no ka hanauna hoʻokahi, a he poʻe koko like ʻoukou, a no laila, ke lawe nei au iā ʻoukou ma ke ʻano o ke koko hoʻokahi.
And at this interview with the princess she promised them her protection, as follows: "I have heard from your younger sister that you are all of the same parentage and the same blood; therefore I shall treat you all as one blood with me,
Ch.26 p.136 para.1 sent.1
“A no laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e ʻae mai e mālama ʻia kēia mau iwi ma kou lokomaikaʻi, e kuʻu Haku, a e waiho pū ʻia ka pōmaikaʻi me kaʻu mau mamo a hiki i kaʻu hanauna hope.”
"And therefore I beseech you to guard these bones under your special favor, my mistress, and to leave this trust to your descendants unto the last generation."
Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.2
E noho malū ʻoe a hiki i kou manawa e make ai, a ma kēia lā aku, ʻaʻole e kapa ʻia kou inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo kou inoa mau ʻo KAWAHINEOKALIʻULĀ, a ma ia inoa ou e kūkulu aku ai kou hanauna iā ʻoe, a ʻo ʻoe nō ke akua o kou mau hanauna.”
and live virgin until your death, and from this time forth your name shall be no longer called Laieikawai, but your name shall be 'The Woman of the Twilight,' and by this name shall all your kin bow down to you and you shall be like a god to them."
Ch.34 p.191 para.3 sent.1
I ia manawa, hoʻoili akula ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā i ke aupuni i ka makāula, ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā, ua noho ʻo ia ma kona ʻano akua, a ma ona lā i kūkulu aku ai ka makāula, a me kona hanauna e like me ka ʻōlelo a Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia.
Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her.
I ia manawa, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ka lewa, a hoʻopiha ʻia i nā leo wawalo o ka hanehane, me ka leo uē, “Ua hāʻule ka lani!
Then the air was darkened and it was filled with the cry of wailing spirits and the voice of lamentation — "The divine one has fallen!
Haneoʻo (5)
Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.4
Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo i Hāna, he nui ka poʻe i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi i ke aliʻi no ka pākela o ka maikaʻi.
When they reached the canoe landing at Haneoo at Hana the people crowded to behold the chief, because of his exceeding beauty.
Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.1
A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Hāna mai Kohala aku ma hope iho o ko lākou hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā Poliʻahu, ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo ko lākou hiki mua ʻana ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana.
When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala. his boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, where Hinaikamalama was living.
Ch.33 p.179 para.2 sent.1
Hoʻi akula ʻo Hinaikamalama i Haneoʻo, a noho ihola ma kona hale mau.
Hinaikamalama returned home to Haneoo to live;
Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.4
I kuʻu kāne naʻe e mahi ʻai ana, hoʻi mai ana nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai Haneoʻo mai.
As he was digging, Kekalukaluokewa came along from Haneoo;
Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.7
A ma ia pō mai, i ka puka a ka mahina, ala aʻela wau me kaʻu kāne, a iho akula i ka paeaea ʻāweoweo ma ke kai o Haneoʻo.
On the next night, at moonrise, I got up with my husband, and we went to fish for red fish in the sea at Haneoo;
Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani a kamaʻilio aku i kona kaikuahine, ʻī maila kona kaikuahine, “Loaʻa ʻole aʻela iā kāua i ka pū lāʻī, i kuʻu hano aku ia loaʻa?”
Halaaniani came back and told his sister, and his sister said, "We have not won her with the trumpet; shall we try my nose flute? "
Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.3
Aia a lohe ʻoe i kuʻu hoʻokani aku i ka hano, ʻo ia kou wā e hoʻokuʻu iho ai i kēlā pōpō lehua i luna pono ona.
when you hear me playing the nose flute, then drop the bunch of flowers right over her;
Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.2
I ia wā nō, kani akula ka hano a Maliʻo.
Just as Malio's nose flute sounded,
Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.4
I ia manawa, ʻalawa pono aʻela nā maka o Lāʻielohelohe i luna, me ka ʻōlelo aʻe, “Inā he kāne ʻoe ka mea nāna kēia makana a me kēia hano e kani nei, a laila, naʻu ʻoe.
Then Laielohelohe turned her eyes right upward, saying, "If you are a man who has sent me this gift and this music of the flute, then you are mine;
Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, hoʻokani akula ʻo Maliʻo i ka hano iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻomaka aku ana e ʻako lehua.
Then Malio sounded the flute, as Laielohelohe began to snip the lehua blossoms,
Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.4
ʻEkolu hoʻokani ʻana a Maliʻo i ka hano.
Three times Malio sounded the nose flute.
Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.5
I ia manawa nō, pane mai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “Inā he wahine ʻoe ka mea nāna kēia hano, a laila, e honi nō kāua.”
Then said Laielohelohe, "If you are a woman who sounds the flute, then let us two kiss."
Ma hope iho o ia mau lā, hoʻolale aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau pūʻali koa kiaʻi a me kona hanohano aliʻi a pau.
After this he summoned the bravest of his fighting men, his bodyguard, all his chiefly array,
Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.1
Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi.
Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs.
Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.4
Pēlā mai nei,” a laila, hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona hanohano aliʻi.
Then Aiwohikupua got ready to present himself with the splendor of a chief.
Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo aku ana i ka moana mai Kawaihae aku, he mea ʻē ka ʻoliʻoli o Lilinoe i ka hanohano launa ʻole o ke aliʻi kāne.
As Aiwohikupua was sailing from Kawaihae, Lilinoe rejoiced to see the unrivaled splendor of the chief.
Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai ma ko Poliʻahu mā wahi e noho ana, he mea leʻaleʻa loa i ke aliʻi wahine nā mea kani o nā waʻa o ke aliʻi kāne, a he mea mahalo loa nō hoʻi iā lākou ka ʻike ʻana i ko ke aliʻi kāne hanohano a maikaʻi hoʻi.
When Aiwohikupua and his party reached Poliahu's party the princess was more than delighted with the music from the dancers accompanying the chief's canoe and .she praised his splendid appearance; it was beautiful.
Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.7
He nani ia ua ʻimi akula nō i ke kāne, hana pono iho nā lima, i kāu kāne nā pono a me kou hanohano.”
that you must look for from your husband; work with your own hands; let your husband be your fortune and your pride,"
“Inā e ʻae ʻoe e kiʻi ʻia nō ko kākou kaikunāne, a laila, e loaʻa iā kākou ka hanohano nui i ʻoi aku ma mua o kēia, a e lilo auaneʻi ʻoe i mea kapu ʻihiʻihi loa, me ko launa ʻole mai iā mākou.
"If you will consent to your brother being fetched, then we shall win greater honor than was ours before, and you will become a sacred person of great dignity so that you can not associate with us;
ʻO ka hao ʻana mai ia o ka wela o ua wahine āu, pono ʻole! Aloha ʻoe!”
the heat from that wife of yours will come again, it will never do. Fare you well!"
Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.3
Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike aku ai i kona kaikunāne, ua like nā maka me ka uila, a ʻo kona ʻili a me kona kino a puni, ua like me ke okooko o ke kapuahi hoʻoheʻeheʻe hao.
When Kahalaomapuana looked upon her brother his eyes were like lightning and his skin all over his body was like the heat of the furnace where iron is melted.
Haʻi ʻia akula ʻo ia ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a no ka ʻiʻini nui o ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mea a Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo nei, manaʻo ihola ia e kiʻi i wahine male nāna, akā, ua haʻohaʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no kēia wahine.
They told him it was Laieikawai, and such was Aiwohikupua's longing for the woman of whom Kauakahialii spoke that he thought to make her his wife, but he wondered who this woman might be.
Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.2
No laila, haʻi aku ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Kauakahialiʻi, “Ke haʻohaʻo nei wau i kēia wahine, no ka mea, ʻo wau ka mea nāna i kaʻapuni kēia mau mokupuni, ʻaʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi wahine e kau mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, me he mea lā, no Kūkulu o Tahiti mai ia wahine, no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.”
Then he said to Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea."
Ch.6 p.34 para.2 sent.1
A no kēia hana a ka makāula, he mea haʻohaʻo loa ia i ko lākou poʻe me ka nīnau aku, “E hele ana ʻoe e hoʻomākaukau nei kēia ukana āu?”
The people wondered at his action and asked, ''Are you going away that you make these things ready?"
Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.1
A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā a hālāwai me nā kaikuahine, i ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana i ʻōlelo i kona mau kaikuahine penei, “Iaʻu i hele aku nei i kaʻu huakaʻi hele, ua haʻohaʻo paha ʻoukou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i haʻi aku iā ʻoukou i ke kumu o ia hele ʻana.
Aiwohikupua reached Kauai at sunset and met his sisters. Then he spoke thus to his sisters: "Perhaps you wondered when I went on my journey, because I did not tell you my reason,
Ch.8 p.45 para.2 sent.1
I ia puoho ʻana aʻe o lāua mai ka hiamoe, haʻohaʻo ana lāua nei i kēia ʻala launa ʻole, a no kēia haʻohaʻo, kāhea akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai me ka leo ʻoluʻolu i kona kupuna wahine penei,
And starting out of sleep, they two marveled what this wonderful fragrance could be, and because of this marvel Laieikawai cried out in a voice of delight to her grandmother:
Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.1
ʻElua lā, ʻaʻohe mea nāna i haʻi aku kēia pilikīa iā ʻAiwohikupua mā, a no ka haʻohaʻo o ke aliʻi i ka hoʻi ʻole aku o kona mau koa, a laila, he mea ʻē ka huhū o ke aliʻi.
Two days passed; there was no one to tell of the disaster to Aiwohikupua s party, and because he wondered why they did not return the chief was angry.
A ma kekahi pō aʻe, i ka mahina e kōnane ʻoluʻolu ana, i ka wā hapa o ka laʻi, kuʻu ʻia maila kekahi ānuenue i ʻūlili ʻia mai luna mai o ka mahina a hiki i lalo nei i ka wā e kūpono ana ka mahina i luna pono o Honopuʻuwaiakua.
And the next night when the moon shone bright, at the time when its light decreased, a rainbow was let down, fastened to the moon and reaching to the earth; when the moon was directly over Honopuwaiakua,
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.2
A ʻo ka lua hoʻi, huhuki maila, a ʻoki aʻela i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻekolu ʻīniha a me ka hapa paha.
and the second one pulled and broke her flower perhaps three inches and a half;
I ka lima o ka makahiki, ma ka pau ʻana o ka hapahā mua o ua makahiki lā, iho hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāna hana mau i lalo nei.
In the fifth year, at the end of the first quarter, Kaonohiokala went away to do his work below.
Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.1
A kaʻawale akula kona kaikuahine, a i ka pau ʻana paha o ka hapahā ʻelua o ka lima o ka makahiki, iho hou maila ʻo ia i lalo nei e hoʻokō i kona manaʻo kuko iā Lāʻielohelohe.
When his sister had gone, about the end of the second quarter of the fifth year, he went away below to carry out his lustful design upon Laielohelohe.
I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine.
About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter,
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.1
Ma ia hope iho, hāpai hou ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau hou maila he kaikamahine.
After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second
daughter,
Ch.1 p.2 para.2 sent.1
Ma hope mai, ua hāpai wale nō ʻo Mālaekahana he mau kaikamāhine wale nō.
Afterwards Malaekahana bore more daughters,
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.1
A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe.
When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you?
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.2
E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne.
Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow;
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.4
No laila, e nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei.
Therefore, look upon this womb of mine, which is with child;
Pule akula ʻo Halaaniani a hiki i ka hapalua o ka manawa, kū ana ua nalu.
Halaaniani was half through his prayer; a crest arose;
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.5
A ʻo Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i huhuki mai ma ke kiliʻoʻopu loloa, huhuki maila ʻo ia ma ka mea liʻiliʻi loa, ʻekolu kapuaʻi paha kona loa, a ʻoki aʻela ʻo ia i ka hapalua o kāna, a hoʻi akula, me ka manaʻo, ʻo kāna kiliʻoʻopu ka pōkole.
and Kahalaomapuana did not pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass stem was the shortest.
A no ka manaʻo nui o ke aliʻi e ʻike i kēlā wahine, peʻahi ʻia akula a iho koke maila kēlā me kona ʻaʻahu kapa i hoʻopuni ʻia i ka hau, a hāʻawi maila i kona aloha iā ʻAiwohikupua, a aloha akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi kāne i kona aloha ma ka lūlū lima ʻana.
As the chief had a great desire to see the woman, she was beckoned to: and she approached with her cloak all covered with snow and gave her greeting to Aiwohikupua, and he greeted her in return by shaking hands.
Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.1
Iā lākou ma Kohala a hiki i ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā iā Kohala, lawe aʻela ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, a hāʻawi akula iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka ʻōlelo aku, “ʻO kuʻu kapa hau he kapa i pāpā loa ʻia e koʻu mau mākua ʻaʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe; iaʻu wale iho nō.
They reached Kohala, and on the day when Aiwohikupua's party left, Poliahu took her garment of snow and gave it to Aiwohikupua, saying. "Here is my snow mantle, the mantle my parents strictly forbade my giving to anyone else; it was to be for myself alone;
Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.”
Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union."
Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.3
Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou.
When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says."
Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.1
Kāhiko akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualiʻi kāne, a me nā kaukaualiʻi wahine a me nā punahele i ka ʻahuʻula, a ʻo nā haiā wāhine kekahi i kāhiko ʻia i ka ʻahu ʻoʻeno, a kāhiko ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kapa hau a Poliʻahu i hāʻawi aku ai; kau ihola i ka mahiole ʻie i haku ʻia i ka hulu o nā ʻiʻiwi.
Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given him, put on the helmet of ie vine wrought with feathers of the red iiwi bird.
Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.1
Ma ka lā ʻo Kulu ma ke kakahiaka i ka puka ʻana aʻe o ka lā a kiʻekiʻe iki aʻe, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hau e uhi ma luna o ka piko o nā mauna a hiki i kahi o lāua e hoʻāo ai.
On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the, snow begin to hide the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting.
I loko o kēlā manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no ka paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, e noho ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ke keiki puʻukani o Mānā, i loko o ka ʻahaʻaina.
While Aiwohikupua talked of Laieikawai's stubbornness, Hauailiki was sitting at the feast, the young singer of Mana,
Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E Hauaʻiliki ē, ke makemake nei au e hele ʻoe i Hawaiʻi.
Said Aiwohikupua, ''Hauailiki, I wish you would go to Hawaii;
Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.1
A pau kā ʻAiwohikupua mā ʻōlelo ʻana no kēia mau mea, i ia pō iho, kau ʻo Hauaʻiliki mā ma luna o nā waʻa a holo akula, akā, ua nui nō nā lā i hala ma ia holo ʻana.
After Aiwohikupua had finished speaking, that very night, Hauailiki boarded the double canoe and set sail, but many days passed on the journey.
Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.4
ʻŌlelo akula ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua iā Hauaʻiliki, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila i kai, ʻo Keaʻau nō ia, a aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
Said Aiwohikupua's chief counsellor to Hauailiki, '' Look well at that rainbow arching the beach there at Keaau.
Ch.13 p.69 para.2 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “Kainoa aia ʻo Paliuli kona wahi noho mau.”
Said Hauailiki, '' I thought Paliuli was where she lived."
Ch.13 p.69 para.4 sent.1
Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hiki aku ai, aia hoʻi, ua nui nā mea i hele mai e nānā no kēia keiki ʻoi kelakela o ka maikaʻi ma mua o Kauakahialiʻi a me ʻAiwohikupua, a he mea mahalo nui loa ia na nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau.
When Hauailiki's party arrived, behold many persons came to see this youth who rivaled Kauakahialii and Aiwohikupua in beauty, and all the people of Keaau praised him exceedingly.
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kēlā kakahiaka, kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki a holoholo aʻela i mua o lākou lā e hōʻike ana iā ia iho ma kona ʻano kanaka uʻi me ka manaʻo e maliu ʻia mai e ke Aliʻi wahine o Paliuli.
As Laieikawai and her companions were sitting there that morning, Hauailiki stood up and walked about before them, showing off his good looks to gain the notice of the princess of Paliuli.
I ia manawa naʻe a ia nei e kāhea nei, ʻaʻole i lohe pono mai ka ʻaha, no ka mea, ua uhi ʻia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka ʻaha a me ka nēnē no ka hoʻouka kaua.
Now when he shouted, he could not be heard, for his voice was smothered in the clamor of the crowd and the noise of the onset.
Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.1
A lohe maila ke aliʻi i kā lāua haukamumu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a hea akula iā Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko ke kaikamahine naʻau kaumaha, a komo akula ka malihini e launa me ke aliʻi.
When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger entered to visit the princess.
Ch.14 p.74 para.7 sent.1
I loko o ko Kahalaomāpuana manawa hiamoe, lohe akula ʻo ia i ka haukamumu o ka hale aliʻi.
As Kahalaomapuana slept, she heard low talking in the house,
Ch.14 p.74 para.7 sent.2
A puoho aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe aʻe, kāhea akula me ka nīnau aku, “E Lāʻieikawai! ʻO wai kou hoa kamaʻilio e haukamumu mai nei?”
and she started up from sleep and called out, "O Laieikawai, who is the confidant who is whispering to you?"
I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna.
If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness.
Ch.4 p.23 para.2 sent.2
I loko o ia manawa, hāʻule akula ke aliʻi i ka hiamoe nui, ʻo ke oki nō ia, no ka mea, ua poina loa ka hiamoe o ke aliʻi.
Then the chief fell into a deep sleep and that ended it, for so heavy was the chiefs sleep
Ch.4 p.27 para.4 sent.4
I ia manawa, huli aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pale aʻela i ka mea nāna i ʻōlelo mai ma kona kua, hāʻule akula i lalo a make loa.
Then Aiwohikupua turned and gave the man at his back a push, and he fell down dead.
Ch.10 p.56 para.2 sent.1
A nō ka paʻakikī loa o ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e hoʻokuʻu i kona kaikuahine, i ia manawa, lele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai luna aku o ka waʻa a hāʻule i loko o ke kai.
And because of Aiwohikupua's stubbornness in refusing to let his sister go, then Kahalaomapuana jumped from the canoe into the sea.
Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.5
A no ka ʻike ʻana aku o Kahalaomāpuana i kēia mau mea, a he mea kupanaha ia i mua o ke kaikamahine malihini, hāʻule akula ʻo ia i ka honua me ka naʻau ʻeʻehia.
And when Kahalaomapuana saw this, then it seemed marvelous to the stranger girl, and she fell to the ground with trembling heart.
Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.1
A hala akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana a hui me kona mau kaikuaʻana, nīnau maila naʻe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kāna hana a me ke ʻano o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ke aliʻi, haʻi akula kēlā, “Iaʻu i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke aliʻi, wehe akula kahi kuapuʻu nāna i kiʻi mai nei iaʻu, a i kuʻu ʻike ʻana aku nei i ke aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, no ia ʻike ʻana oʻu, ua ʻeʻehia wau me ka makaʻu a hāʻule akula wau i lalo ma ka lepo.
When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had done — what kind of interview she had had with the princess. Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to the earth.
Iā lākou naʻe i ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua pūʻiwa koke lākou a holo akula me ka haʻalulu ʻeʻehia a pau loa lākou i ka hāʻule i ka honua, koe naʻe ʻo Kahalaomāpuana.
But when they actually saw Laieikawai, then they were filled with dread, and all except Kahalaomapuana ran trembling with fear and fell to the ground.
Hō mai he ola, i ola nui, i ola loa, a kau i ka puaaneane, a kani koʻo, a pala lauhala, a haumakaʻiole.
bring to him life, a great life, a long life, to live forever, until the staff rings as he walks, until he is dragged upon a mat, until the eyes are dim.
Noho ihola lāua ʻekolu lā, kokoke i ka wā e pau ai ka haumia o Laukieleʻula, ʻōlelo aku ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kaikamahine, “O hele, no ka mea, ua kokoke mai ka wā mau o ko makuahine.
Three days the two stayed there; close to the time when Laukieleula's uncleanness would end, Moanalihaikawaokele said to his daughter, "Come! for your mother's days are almost ended;
Iā Hauaʻiliki e kilu ana me Poliʻahu, a i ka ʻumi o nā hāuna kilu a lāua, i ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a kaʻapuni aʻela a puni ka ʻaha.
Then Hauailiki played at spin-the-gourd with Poliahu until the gourd had been spun ten times. Then the master of ceremonies arose and made the circuit of the assembly,
A hiki lākou i Hinakahua i ke kahua mokomoko, i ia manawa, ʻike maila ka ʻaha mokomoko i ke keiki Kauaʻi no ka ʻoi o kona kanaka maikaʻi ma mua o nā keiki kamaʻāina, a lilo ihola ka ʻaha i mea haunaele.
When they came to Hinakahua, where the field was cleared for boxing, the crowd saw that the youth from Kauai surpassed in beauty all the natives of the place, and they raised a tumult.
Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.2
Ma hope iho o kēia haunaele ʻana, hoʻomaka hou ka hoʻonoho o ke kahua mokomoko.
After the excitement the boxing field again settled into order;
Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.5
A no kēia mea, ua lilo ʻo Paliuli i ʻāina aloha loa na lākou, a ma laila lākou i noho ai a hiki i ka haunaele ʻana iā Halaaniani.
So Paliuli became to them a land beloved, and there they dwelt until the trouble came upon them which was wrought by Halaaniani.
Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.4
A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula lāua me ko lāua ʻike ʻole ʻia, a e like me ka ʻōlelo, “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā ka mea iho mai e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau hoa,” ʻo ia kekahi kumu i haunaele ai ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho ʻana me kāna kāne.
After these words they were borne away out of sight. And as to her saying Kaonohiokala would come to look after the welfare of her companions, this was the sole source of disturbance in Laieikawai's life with her husband.
Hāunakā (7)
Ch.5 p.32 para.4 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ua wahi kamaʻāina nei, “Hoʻokahi nō ikaika o kēia ʻaha, ʻo Hāunakā, a ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia ana i Kohala e hakakā me ke kanaka Kauaʻi.”
The man answered. "Haunaka is the only strong one in this crowd, and he is to be sent to Kohala to fight with the Kauai man."
Ch.5 p.32 para.5 sent.1
ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E hele koke ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā Hāunakā e leʻaleʻa māua.”
Said Aiwohikupua. "Go ahead and tell Haunaka that we two will have some fun together."
Ch.5 p.32 para.6 sent.1
A hiki aku ua wahi kanaka kamaʻāina nei a hālāwai me Hāunakā, a lohe o Hāunakā i kēia mau ʻōlelo, lūlū ihola ʻo ia i kona mau lima, paʻipaʻi aʻela i ka umauma, keʻekeʻehi nā wāwae a peʻahi maila iā ʻAiwohikupua e helu aku i loko o ka ʻaha.
When the man found Haunaka, and Haunaka heard these words, he clapped his hands, struck his chest, and stamped his feet, and beckoned to Aiwohikupua to come inside the field,
Ch.5 p.32 para.7 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka ʻaha, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o Hāunakā, “ʻAʻole e ʻeha ke keiki Kauaʻi iā ʻoe.
When Aiwohikupua was on the field he said to Haunaka, "You can never hurt the Kauai boy:
Ch.5 p.32 para.8 sent.1
I ia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, kāhea maila ma waho o ka ʻaha he wahi kanaka i ʻike i ka hakakā ʻana a ʻAiwohikupua me Ihuanu, “E Hāunakā a me ka ʻaha, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e pakele i kēia kanaka.
As Aiwohikupua was speaking a man called out from outside the crowd, who had seen Aiwohikupua fighting with Cold-nose, "Haunaka and all of you gathered here, you will never outdo this man;
Ch.5 p.32 para.9 sent.1
I ia manawa, lālau maila ʻo Hāunakā i nā lima o ʻAiwohikupua a aloha maila ʻo ia, a ʻo ka pau nō ia, hoʻāikāne lāua, hui ka ʻaha.
Then Haunaka seized Aiwohikupua's hand and welcomed him, and the end of it was they made friends and the players mixed with the crowd,
Akā, ua hāʻupu honua aʻe ka makāula, me he mea lā, ʻo kāna mea e ukali nei, a no kēia mea, neʻeneʻe loa akula ka makāula a kokoke, paʻa akula ma ka lima o kahi kanaka a huki malū akula iā ia.
So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the arm, and drew him quietly after him.
Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.2
I ia manawa, hāʻupu iki aʻela ka manaʻo o ka makāula me ka nalu ʻana i loko ona iho, “ʻO kuʻu mea nō paha kēia i ʻimi mai nei?”
then the seer began to wonder, "Can that be the sign I came to seek?"
Hawaiʻi (42)
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.4
Haʻi maila ka moʻopuna, “Ua hiki mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i oʻu nei ma ka moeʻuhane e ʻōlelo mai ana, e ʻāhaʻi loa ʻoe iaʻu i Hawaiʻi a hoʻonoho ma Paliuli, a ma laila kāua e noho ai.
The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in Paliuli;
Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.1
I ua makāula nei naʻe i hiki ai ma laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā Hawaiʻi, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka ʻāina e ka ʻohu a me ka noe.
When the seer reached there, he looked toward Hawaii; the land was veiled thick in cloud and mist
Ch.3 p.15 para.3 sent.1
A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi.
At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains.
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.1
I kekahi lā i ka malama ʻo Kaʻaona i nā Kū i ka manawa kakahiaka nui, ʻike ʻāweʻaweʻa akula ʻo ia he wahi ʻōnohi ma Koʻolau o Hawaiʻi.
One day in June, during the first days of the month, very early in the morning, he caught a glimpse of something like a rainbow at Koolau on Hawaii;
Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.2
Holo wikiwiki akula ʻo ia a hiki i ke awa, nīnau akula i kahi a kēia waʻa e holo ai, haʻi ʻia maila, “E holo ana i Hawaiʻi,” a noi akula ʻo ia e kau pū me lākou ma ka waʻa, a ʻae ʻia maila ʻo ia e holo pū me lākou.
He ran quickly and came to the landing, and asked the man where the boat was going. The man said, "It is going to Hawaii"; thereupon he entreated the man to take him, and the latter consented.
Ch.3 p.17 para.6 sent.2
Kaʻahele akula ʻo ia iā Hawaiʻi, ma Hāmākua kona hiki mua ʻana.
ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kāne na ke kaikamahine aliʻi o Hawaiʻiākea, na Lāʻieikawai, ka haku o mākou.”
Said Kahalaomapuana, "To be husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our mistress."
Ch.27 p.147 para.6 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne haku i kāne na ke kaikamahine aliʻi o Hawaiʻiākea, na Lāʻieikawai, he aikāne aliʻi a mākou, ko mākou mea nāna i mālama.”
Said Kahalaomapuana, "I have come to get my brother and lord to be the husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our royal friend, the one who protects us."
Hawaiʻinuiākea (1)
Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.1
“I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne i kāne na ke aikāne a mākou, ke aliʻi wahine o Hawaiʻinuiākea, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea nāna i mālama iā mākou i loko o ko mākou haʻalele ʻia ʻana e ko mākou kaikunāne aloha ʻole.
"I come to get my older brother for a husband for our friend, the princess of the great broad land of Hawaii, Laieikawai, our protector when we were lovelessly deserted by our older brother;
A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia leo kāhea a Ihuanu, hele akula a kū i mua o ke kahua kaua e hāwele ana me kona ʻaʻahu pūkohukohu i like me ke ʻano mau o nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi.
When Aiwohikupua heard the voice of Cold-nose calling him, he came forward and stood in front of the boxing field while he bound his red loin cloth about him in the fashion of a chief's bodyguard,
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.2
I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna.
If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.3
Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne.
This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy;
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.4
Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō.
but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die;
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.5
Aia nō ke ola a hānau mai a he keiki kāne, ola nā hānau muli inā he mau kaikamāhine.”
only one thing shall save them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after."
Iā lākou i haʻalele ai i kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho ana, hea akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi ma hope ma ke mele penei:
As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as follows:
Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.2
ʻAkahi nō hea ʻana i lana mālie ai nā waʻa.
this is the only time they have let the canoe float;
Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.13
I hea lā hoʻi kāu haʻalele,
Why will you abandon
Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.1
A lohe maila ke aliʻi i kā lāua haukamumu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a hea akula iā Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko ke kaikamahine naʻau kaumaha, a komo akula ka malihini e launa me ke aliʻi.
When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger entered to visit the princess.
A hala ʻelima nalu, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hea mai a Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, no laila, he mea kaumaha loa ia iā Hauaʻiliki ka maliu ʻole mai o Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, a he mea hilahila nui loa hoʻi nona, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo kaena mua kēlā iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma nā mokuna ma mua aʻe, a no kēia mea, lana mālie ihola ʻo ia ma kūlana nalu.
until five breakers had come in; no summons came to him from Laieikawai. Then Hauailiki was heavy-hearted because Laieikawai took no notice of him, and he felt ashamed because of his boast to Aiwohikupua, as we have seen in the last chapter. So he floated gently on the waves,
ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa ka heahea ʻia mai, no laila, hoʻomaka maila iā Hauaʻiliki ke kaumaha me ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo iki i kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua no ka “paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai.”
he got no call whatever; then Hauailiki first felt discouragement, with the proof of Aiwohikupua's saying about the "stubbornness of Laieikawai."
A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana.
When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped.
Ch.13 p.70 para.4 sent.1
“Heʻe aku paha!” wahi a Hauaʻiliki, no ka mea, ʻaʻole ona makemake e heʻe pū ʻo ia me ka lehulehu ma ka nalu hoʻokahi.
"Land away!" answered Hauailiki, for he did not wish to ride in on the same breaker with the crowd.
Ch.13 p.70 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa kā Hauaʻiliki heʻe ʻana i kona nalu.
then Hauailiki rode the wave.
Ch.13 p.70 para.5 sent.3
Iā Hauaʻiliki e heʻe lā i ka nalu, ʻuā ka pihe a nā kamaʻāina a me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua.
As he rode, the natives cheered and the sisters of Aiwohikupua also.
Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.7
Akā hoʻi, i piʻi ka ʻohu i luna a hina i luna o ke kuahiwi, a laila, ua heʻe ka moʻo, ʻo ko kākou lanakila nō hoʻi ia.
but when the clouds ascend and turn toward the mountain top, then the lizard has melted away; we have prevailed.
Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.3
Aia a pau ka uhi ʻana o ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai nā mea a pau, ʻo ʻoe kekahi me Kekalukaluokēwā e heʻe mai ana i ka nalu hoʻokahi, ʻo ia ka manawa e loaʻa ai ko ihu i ke keiki Kauaʻi.
When the mist clears, then all shall see you riding on the wave with Kekalukaluokewa; that is the time to give a kiss to the Kauai youth.
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā naʻe i hiki aku ai, e heʻe nalu mai ana nā kāne a me nā wāhine i ka nalu o Pūhele, aia naʻe i laila kekahi kaikamahine aliʻi maikaʻi kaulana o Hāna ʻo Hinaikamalama kona inoa.
When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, Hinaikamalama by name.
Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.1
A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana.
When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped.
Ch.4 p.25 para.4 sent.1
A pau kēia kamaʻilio liʻiliʻi ʻana a lāua, hele akula lāua i ka heʻe nalu .
After this little parley, they went out surf riding
Ch.4 p.25 para.4 sent.2
A iā lāua e heʻe nalu ana, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻopuni ʻia maila ke aliʻi wahine no ʻAiwohikupua, a ua nui ka poʻe i hoʻopuni paʻa ʻia no ka makemake i ke aliʻi kāne.
and as they rode, behold I the princess conceived a passion for Aiwohikupua, and many others took a violent liking to the chief.
Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.2
Nānā akula lākou, e kū mai ana nō nā hale o Kauakahialiʻi mā; e heʻe nalu mai ana nō hoʻi nā kamaʻāina.
and saw Kauakahialii's houses standing there and the people of the place out surf riding.
I ka lima o ka lā o ko Lāʻieikawai hiki ʻana ma Keaʻau, manaʻo ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki e hōʻike iā ia iho i mua o kāna mea e ʻiʻini nui nei no kona akamai ma ka heʻe nalu .
On the fifth day of her coming. Hauailiki thought to display before the beloved one his skill with the surf board;
A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna.
At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command.
Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.2
A haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki kēia i Kaʻuiki, a ma laila ʻo ia i kūkulu ai i wahi heiau kahi hoʻi e hoʻomana ai i kona akua, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there built a place of worship to call upon his god as the only one to guide him to the person he was seeking.
Ch.3 p.15 para.3 sent.1
A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi.
At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains.
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.3
A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia.
The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed.
Ch.3 p.17 para.4 sent.2
A i ke kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i nā mea waʻa, piʻi akula ʻo ia a hiki i Lamaloloa a komo akula i Pāhauna ka heiau.
and in the morning the seer left the paddlers, ascended to Lamaloloa, and entered the temple of Pahauna,
Ch.3 p.17 para.4 sent.3
He heiau kahiko kēlā mai ka pō mai a hiki i kēia manawa.
an ancient temple belonging to olden times and preserved until to-day.
A hekau ihola nā wāʻa o lākou, piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a me kona kuhina, a me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, ʻehā ko lākou nui o ka piʻi ʻana.
they made the canoe fast, and Aiwohikupua, with his counsellor and the two steersmen, four in number, went ashore.
Ch.5 p.32 para.2 sent.1
A no kēia mea, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hekau nā waʻa, a lele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona kuhina aku me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, piʻi akula lākou nei a hiki i ka ʻaha mokomoko.
So Aiwohikupua instantly gave orders to anchor the canoe, and Aiwohikupua landed with his counsellor and the two steersmen, and they went up to the boxing match:
Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.1
A ma kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, hekau ihola nā waʻa o lākou i ke kai.
At the chief's proposal they anchored their canoes in the sea,
Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.2
No laila, i kuʻu manaʻo, e hekau nā waʻa, a e kali kākou a mālie ka ua, a laila, i piʻo mai ke ānuenue i loko o ka wā ua ʻole, a laila, maopopo no Lāʻieikawai ka hōʻailona.”
so, my proposal is, let us anchor the canoes and wait until the rain has cleared, then if the rainbow remains when there is no rain, it must be a sign for Laieikawai.'"
Ua akāka mua nō naʻe iā Kahauokapaka ka hānau iā lākou i ka moana, no ka mea, ʻelua hekili o ke kuʻi ʻana, manaʻo aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Kahauokapaka ua hānau ka wahine.
Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given birth.
Ch.1 p.3 para.7 sent.2
Mai ka hānau ʻana o Lāʻieikawai me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hekili e kani i loko o ʻIkuā, pēlā i ʻōlelo ʻia i loko o kēia moʻolelo.
At this time of Laieikawai and Laielohelohe's birth thunder first sounded in October, according to the legend.
Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.1
A kokoke ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ke awa ʻo Laupāhoehoe, i ia manawa ke kuʻi ʻana o nā hekili he iwakālua.
As Aiwohikupua's party drew near to the harbor of Laupahoehoe, 20 peals of thunder sounded,
Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, kuʻi ka hekili, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma kūlana nalu, na Waka ia.
Then the thunder pealed and there was Laieikawai on the crest of the wave. This was Waka's work.
Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.3
Kuʻi hou ka hekili, ʻo ka lua ia, na Maliʻo ia.
Again the thunder pealed a second peal. This was Malio's work.
Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.1
“Iā ʻolua e hui ana, hoʻokahi hekili e kuʻi i ia manawa, nākolo ka honua, haʻalulu ka ʻaha a pau, i ia manawa, e hoʻouna aku wau iā ʻolua ma luna o nā manu.
"And when you two meet, a single peal of thunder will crash, the earth tremble, the whole place of assembly shall shake. Then I will send you two on the birds,
No lāua auaneʻi ka hekili e kuʻi, a mao aʻe ka ʻohu a me ka noe, a laila, e ʻike auaneʻi ka ʻaha a pau, ʻo ʻoe a me Lāʻielohelohe ke kau pū mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu.”
For them shall crash the thunder, but when the clouds and mist clear away, then all present at the place of meeting shall behold you and Laielohelohe resting together upon the wings of birds."
Hekilikaʻakaʻa (2)
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1
A laila, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pule akula i kona mau akua penei, “E Lanipipili, Laniʻoaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa a me Nākolowailani, i kēia lā, e ʻike mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kā ʻoukou kama, kā ʻoukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei.
Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth.
Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.2
Mai luna mai o Kaiwilahilahi, hahau ihola ka makāula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi, a pule akula ʻo ia ma ka inoa o nā akua o ʻAiwohikupua, a eia kāna pule, “E Lanipipili, e Laniʻoaka, e Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa, e Nākolowailani.
he advanced from Kaiwilahilahi, threw the pig before the chief, and prayed in the name of the gods of Aiwohikupua. and this was his prayer: "O Heavens, Lightning, and Rain; O Air, Thunder, and Earthquake;
A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe.
When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you?
Ch.1 p.2 para.4 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo mai ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana, “O hoʻi a kokoke i ko lā hānau, a laila, hele mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i nānā aku au i kēia hāpai ʻana.”
The the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying."
Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2
Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana.
When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me;
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.3
ʻAkahi wale nō oʻu hānau ʻino ʻana a me ka ʻono oʻu i ka ʻōhua, no laila, e hele koke aku ʻoe me nā kānaka i ka lawaiʻa.”
this is the first time my labor has been hard, and that I have craved the young of the manini; go quickly, therefore, to the fishing."
Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.1
I ia manawa, puka koke aku ʻo Kahauokapaka a hele akula.
Then Kahauokapaka went out of the house at once and set out.
Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.2
Iā lākou e hele ana, hānau aʻela ua keiki nei he kaikamahine, a lilo aʻela iā Waka ka hānai a kapa ihola i ka inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
While they were gone the child was born, a girl, and she was given to Waka, and they named her Laieikawai.
Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, kaʻapuni kēia iā Oʻahu nei, ma Koʻolau Poko kona hele mua ʻana a ma Kona nei, a mai ʻaneʻi aku, hiki ma ʻEwa.
forsook this place, journeyed about Oahu, first through Koolaupoko; from there to Ewa
Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.2
ʻĪ akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ua kokoke mai ka lā e maʻi ai ko makuahine, no laila, ma kēia pō, e hele mua ʻoe ma ka hale peʻa, ma laila ʻoe e moe ai.
Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "It is almost time for your mother to come, so to-night, get to the taboo house first and sleep there;
Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.2
A no laila hoʻi, hele mua akula ʻo ia, a ʻōlelo aku iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Ua makemake wau e lawe iā Lāʻielohelohe e pili me aʻu i kēia manawa.
So he went first and said to Kapukaihaoa: "I wish to unite myself with Laielohelohe for a time,
A haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hele pū akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā me ke aikāne a kau lākou lā ma nā waʻa a holo akula a pae i Laupāhoehoe.
and they left the place; Aiwohikupua's party went with their friends and boarded the canoes, and went on and landed at Laupahoehoe.
Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.2
A no kēia mea, wae hou aʻela ke aliʻi he mau kānaka he iwakālua e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine, ma ka poʻe ikaika wale nō, a hoʻokohu akula ke kuhina i hope kuhina nona e hele pū me nā koa.
So the chief again chose a party of warriors, twenty of them, from the strongest of his men, to go up and destroy the sisters; and the counsellor appointed an assistant counsellor to go for him with the men.
Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.1
Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi.
Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs.
Ch.20 p.101 para.2 sent.2
A mākaukau kā ke aliʻi kauoha, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi ʻelua mau punahele, a lawe aʻela i nā kaukaualiʻi, ka poʻe kūpono ke hele pū me ke aliʻi, a lawe aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau iʻaloa a pau.
When the chief's command was carried out, the chief took two favorites, a suitable retinue of chiefs, and all the embalmed bodies of his ancestors.
Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.3
I ia manawa, lawe akula ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku iā lākou a noho i uka o ʻOlaʻa, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e hoʻāʻā ʻia i kona hilahila nui no ka ʻōlelo a Waka, a hele pū nō hoʻi me kona mau hoa.
then Kihanuilulumoku bore them back on his tongue to dwell in the uplands of Olaa; thus did Laieikawai begin to burn with shame at Waka's words, and she and her companions went away together.
Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.2
A laila, hoʻouna hou akula nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele hou e nānā i nā aliʻi, me ka ʻī aku naʻe, “E hele ʻoe e nānā a ʻike i nā aliʻi e hiamoe ana, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe, a hele pū aku kākou.”
Then Laielohelohe sent the natives again to go and see the chiefs, saying, "You go and find out where the chiefs sleep, then return to us."
Nāna nō e hele wale mai a hui māua, a laila, e ʻike ʻoukou, e noho aku ana māua.”
she would come of her own free will to meet me, then you would see us together.
Ch.20 p.103 para.1 sent.1
ʻŌlelo aku kona kahu, “Pono kāua ke kali a pau kā lākou heʻe nalu ʻana, a ʻo ka mea e hele wale mai ana, ʻaʻole he paʻa i ka papa heʻe nalu, a laila, ʻo ke aliʻi nō ia.
Her nurse said. "Better wait until they are through surfing, and the one who comes back without a board, he is the chief."
Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.3
ʻO ka papa heʻe nalu hoʻi o ke aliʻi, na nā punahele i ʻauamo aku, a hele wale maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā.
but the chief's board the favorites bore on their shoulders, and Kekalukaluokewa came without anything.
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.2
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i wehe aʻe ai i kona mau maka, ʻike akula ka mea waʻa i ka ʻoi kelakela o ko Lāʻieikawai helehelena ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi a puni a me Lānaʻi.
Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai.
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.5
I loko o kēia ʻōlelo ʻana a Kauakahialiʻi, hoʻomaopopo loa maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka helehelena maikaʻi o ua wahine nei.
During this speech Aiwohikupua seemed to see before him the lovely form of that woman.
Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.2
ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike maopopo loa aku he wahi helehelena wale nō kāna ʻike lihi ʻana a hikilele aʻela ʻo ia.
but he could not see her distinctly; barely had he seen her face when he waked out of sleep.
Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.2
Akā, he mea haʻohaʻo naʻe ia i kona mau hoa ka uē ʻana, a ua akāka kāna kauoha “ua pono ʻole lāua” ma ka uē ʻana a Lāʻieikawai a me nā helehelena o ka pōʻino, no ka mea, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kukuli ana i ka honua, a ʻo kekahi lima, ua peʻa aʻela ma ke kua, a ʻo kekahi lima, aia ma ka lae, a uē helu akula ʻo ia penei:
Now her counsellors marveled at her wailing and remembered her saying "some evil has befallen"; at her wailing and at her gestures of distress, for Laieikawai was kneeling on the ground with one hand clapped across her back and the other at her forehead, and she wailed aloud as follows:
Ch.23 p.121 para.6 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ʻo Halaaniani, “I piʻi hou mai nei wau iā ʻoe e hoʻokō mai ʻoe i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua ʻike hou au he kaikamahine maikaʻi i like kona helehelena me ko Lāʻieikawai.
Said Halaaniani, "I have come up here to you once more to show you what I desire, for I have again seen a beautiful woman with a face like Laieikawai's.
Ma nā helu mua o kēia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou na Kapūkaʻihaoa i kauoha iā Waka ma ka moeʻuhane e hoʻihoʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli ma muli o ka ʻike a ka makāula.
In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw.
Ch.5 p.32 para.6 sent.1
A hiki aku ua wahi kanaka kamaʻāina nei a hālāwai me Hāunakā, a lohe o Hāunakā i kēia mau ʻōlelo, lūlū ihola ʻo ia i kona mau lima, paʻipaʻi aʻela i ka umauma, keʻekeʻehi nā wāwae a peʻahi maila iā ʻAiwohikupua e helu aku i loko o ka ʻaha.
When the man found Haunaka, and Haunaka heard these words, he clapped his hands, struck his chest, and stamped his feet, and beckoned to Aiwohikupua to come inside the field,
Ch.6 p.33 para.1 sent.2
Ma ʻaneʻi, e kamaʻilio iki kākou no Hulumāniani, ka makāula nāna i ukali mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai Kauaʻi mai, ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia ma ka helu mua o keia kaʻao.)
Here we shall say a word about Hulumaniani, the seer, who followed Laieikawai hither from Kauai, as described in the first chapter of this story.
ʻĪ akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o ke mele ʻana, “He mea kupanaha! ʻAʻole hoʻi āu wahine a kāua e noho nei, akā, i loko o kāu mele e heluhelu nei, me he wahine lā kāu.”
Said the counsellor to the chief, after he had ended his singing, "This is strange! You have had no woman since we two have been living here, yet in your song you chanted as if you had a woman here."
Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.1
Haʻi akula ke kauā e like me kā kākou heluhelu ʻana ma nā mokuna mua.
The servant, told him all that we have read about in former chapters.
Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki.
the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child;
ʻĪ akula ka makāula, “Ua hewa ʻolua i kuʻu manaʻo.
The seer said: "You two are wrong, I think,
Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.2
Inā ʻo kuʻu noho wale ke kumu o ka hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa o kākou i Oʻahu, a laila, ke ʻōlelo nei au ua hewa ka mea i luna o kua ʻiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kāna, ʻaʻole āna hana.”
if you say the reason for your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing."
Ch.2 p.9 para.5 sent.1
ʻŌlelo maila ka mea waʻa, “Ke ʻae nei wau e kau pū ʻolua me aʻu ma ka waʻa, akā, hoʻokahi nō hewa, ʻo koʻu kōkoʻolua ʻole e hiki ai ka waʻa.”
Said the canoe man: "I will take you both with me in the canoe; the only trouble is I have no mate to paddle the canoe."
Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.4
ʻAʻole paha no ko kaikuahine ia hewa e hiki ai iā kāua ke haʻalele iā lākou?
Is this your sisters' fault,
Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.4
Pau pū nō ʻo ka mea i hewa a me ka mea hewa ʻole.
we are all together, the guilty with the guiltless;
Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa a holo akula a like a like o ka moana, loaʻa ka manaʻo ʻino i nā mea waʻa, no ka mea, ua uluhua lāua i ua makāula nei no ka hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau ʻana o kahi puaʻa a ʻoʻoʻō mau nō hoʻi o kahi moa.
He went on board the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and the cock crowed.
Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo maila nā mea waʻa, “Ua uluhua māua no kou hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau o ko wahi puaʻa a me ke kani mau a ko wahi moa, no laila, kulikuli.
Then the men said: '"We two wearied of your constant sleeping and the pig's squealing and the cock's crowing; there was such a noise;
Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.1
I ia pō iho, i loko o kona manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila kona akua me ia ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, “Ua ʻike au i kou luhi a me kou hoʻomanawanui ʻana me ke ake e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moʻopuna a Waka me kou manaʻo hoʻi e loaʻa kou pōmaikaʻi no kāna moʻopuna mai.
That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said; "I have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild.
Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.4
Puoho aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe, aia kā he hihiʻo, a no kēia mea, pono ʻole ihola kona manaʻo.
He awoke from sleep; it was only a dream, so he doubted
Ch.4 p.21 para.4 sent.1
I kekahi lā i ke awakea, hiamoe ihola ke aliʻi, loaʻa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka moeʻuhane.
Next day, at midday, the chief slept and Laieikawai came to Aiwohikupua in a dream
Ch.4 p.21 para.5 sent.1
I loko o ia ala ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi, he mea minamina loa i ke aliʻi i kona ʻike ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane, no ka mea, ua ala ʻē mai ka hiamoe o ke aliʻi.
he sorrowed after the vision of Laieikawai, because he had awakened so soon out of sleep;
A no ia mea, makemake ihola ke aliʻi e loaʻa hou iā ia i ka hiamoe lōʻihi ʻana ma ia awakea i kumu e ʻike hou aku ai i kāna mea i ʻike ai ma ka moeʻuhane.
therefore he wished to prolong his midday nap in order to see again her whom he had beheld in his dream.
Piʻi akula lāua i loko o nā ulu lāʻau loloa, i ka hihia paʻa o ka nāhelehele me ka luhi a hiki lāua ma kahi e kokoke ana i Paliuli, lohe lāua i ka leo o ka moa.
They made way with difficulty through high forest trees and thickets of tangled brush, until, at a place close to Paliuli, they heard the crow of a cock.
Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.1
Ma ka ʻauinalā ma hope o ka ʻaina awakea, piʻi akula lāua i uka, komo akula i loko o nā ulu lāʻau i ka hihia paʻa o ka nahele.
In the afternoon, after dinner, the two went up inland and entered the forest where it was densely overgrown with underbrush.
Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.1
Iā Kahalaomāpuana i hoʻi mai ai mai kāna huakaʻi ʻimi aliʻi mai Keʻalohilani mai, haʻi akula ʻo ia i ka moʻolelo o ko lāua hele ʻana, a me nā hihia he nui, a me nā lauwili ʻana, a me nā mea a pau āna i ʻike ai i loko o kona manawa hele.
When Kahalaomapuana returned from Kealohilani, from her journey in search of a chief, she related the story of her trip, of its windings and twistings, and all the things she had seen while she was away.
Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa.
there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found.
Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai naʻe e kamaʻilio ana i ke kupuna wahine, hiki ihola ka hihiʻo ma o Waka lā, a ua like me kā ka moʻopuna e ʻōlelo ana.
As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to Waka.
Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.1
I ia pō iho, i loko o kona manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila kona akua me ia ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, “Ua ʻike au i kou luhi a me kou hoʻomanawanui ʻana me ke ake e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moʻopuna a Waka me kou manaʻo hoʻi e loaʻa kou pōmaikaʻi no kāna moʻopuna mai.
That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said; "I have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild.
Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.4
Puoho aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe, aia kā he hihiʻo, a no kēia mea, pono ʻole ihola kona manaʻo.
He awoke from sleep; it was only a dream, so he doubted
Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.1
Hoʻāʻo hou ihola ke aliʻi e hiamoe hou, loaʻa hou nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma ka hihiʻo pōkole loa.
The chief again slept, and again Laieikawai came to him for a moment,
Ch.6 p.36 para.4 sent.1
A hala ka mahina ʻai, ʻike akula lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia me nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke akua i ka makāula ma ka hihiʻo i luna o Kaʻuiki.
The garden patch passed, they beheld Laieikawai's house covered with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, as the see had seen in his vision from the god on Kauwiki.
A pau kāna pule ʻana, hoʻi maila, a hiamoe ihola, a i loko a kona manawa hiamoe, hiki maila ma o ua makāula nei ke kuhikuhi ma ka hihiʻo mai kona akua mai, me ka ʻōlelo mai, “Ua hiki mai ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai kou makemake, a e kuʻu ai hoʻi ka luhi o kou ʻimi ʻana i ka loa.
After praying he came back and went to sleep, and as he slept the seer received the assurance in a vision from his god, saying, "The time has come to fulfill your wishes, to free you from the weariness of your long search.
ʻIke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ke kaikamahine e hiʻi ʻia mai ana, ua hōʻaʻahu ʻia i ke kapa keiki.
Kahauokapaka saw the baby girl in its mother's arms wrapped in swaddling clothes;
Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.3
A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia kaena a ʻAiwohikupua e kuʻi, a laila, leha aʻela nā maka o Ihuanu a puni ka ʻaha, ʻike akula ʻo ia e hiʻi ʻia mai ana kekahi keiki ʻōpiopio loa, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ihuanu iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole naʻu ʻoe e kuʻi, na kēlā wahi keiki e hiʻi ʻia maila, nāna ʻoe e kuʻi, a ʻo ia kou hoa hakakā.”
When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your opponent."
Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.5
Ma kāu wahi e hele ai, a e noho ai, mai haʻalele iki i ka ʻohe, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ʻoe i ka hana a kāu aikāne i ko ʻolua manawa i hiʻi aʻe ai iaʻu i kuʻu wā e ʻaneʻane aku ana i ka make ma muli o kuʻu aloha i ko aikāne.
wherever you go to dwell, never leave the flute at all, for you well know what your friend did when you two came to get me when I was almost dead for love of your friend.
A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi.
The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it.
Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.2
Inā e hiki i ka wā e ʻaneʻane hānau ai, a laila ʻeā, e ʻono aʻe ʻoe i ka ʻōhua me ka ʻōlelo aku iā Kahauokapaka nāna ponoʻī nō e lawaiʻa.
when the child is about to be born, then have a craving for the manini spawn, and tell Kahauokapaka that he must himself go fishing,
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Mālaekahana a hiki i ka hale.
At the end of this talk, Malaekahana went back to the house,
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.3
”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai.
Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity.
Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.1
I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei.
Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu;
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.3
Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki akula kēia i Anahola, hoʻolimalima akula kēia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei.
He left the place and went to Anahola to bargain for a boat to go to Oahu, but he could not hire a boat to go to Oahu.
Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola.
Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola.
I ia pō iho, i ka hiki ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, he ʻumikumamālima ko lākou nui, hiki mua maila lākou ma Kamaile i Waiʻanae.
That night when the canoe star rose they left Kauai, 15 strong, and came first to Kamaile in Waianae.
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.2
I ua makāula nei i hele ai, hiki mua kēia i luna pono o Maunalahilahi.
Before the seer went he first climbed clear to the top of Maunalahilahi
Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1
I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili.
On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds.
Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.1
I ia hele ʻana, hiki mua kēia i Waiʻalalā ma luna pono aʻe o Kalaupapa.
He went first clear to the top of Waialala, right above Kalaupapa.
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.1
I kēlā lā a ka makāula i hiki ai ma Waikolu, i ia pō iho, hiki mua ke kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane.
On the day when the seer went to Waikolu, the same night, came the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream,
Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.2
I ia hele ʻana, ma Kaluaʻaha kona hiki mua ʻana a moe aku ʻo ia i Hālawa.
As he went he came first to Kaluaaha and slept at Halawa,
E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia.
by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one.
Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.3
Piʻi hou akula nō lākou a hiki nō i kahi i pau ai kēlā poʻe mua i ka make, pau hou nō i ua moʻo nei, ʻaʻohe ʻāhaʻilono.
Again they went up until they came clear to the place where the first band had disappeared; these also disappeared in the lizard; not a messenger was left.
Iā ia nei ma laila, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i luna o Malelewaʻa ma kahi nihinihi hiki ʻole ke hele ʻia.
Arrived there, he clearly saw the rainbow arching over Malelewaa, over a sharp ridge difficult to reach;
Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3
Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa.
there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found.
Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.2
Aia naʻe, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi hiki ʻole iā ia ke hele aku, akā, ua noʻonoʻo ka makāula i kekahi manawa i wahi e hiki ai ke ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kāna kānaenae i hoʻomākaukau mua ai.
Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared,
Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.2
Ua hiki ʻole iā ia ke ʻike aku i ka mea āna i ʻike ai i luna o Kawela, akā, ua moe ka makāula ma laila i ia pō me ka manaʻo i ke kakahiaka e ʻike ai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
By this time it was very dark; he could not see the sign he saw from Kawela; but the seer slept there that night, thinking that at daybreak he would see the person he was seeking.
Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.5
No kuʻu manaʻo he wahaheʻe na kuʻu wahi kahu, no laila, kauoha aʻe ana wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa i ke kaula, akā, ua hala ʻē ua wahi kahu nei oʻu i uka o Paliuli e nīnau aku i ua wahine nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ʻole ʻana i kai i ia pō me ka haʻi aku nō hoʻi e make ana ia.
Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to tell her he was to die.
Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.1
Ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, kauoha ʻia ka poʻe nānā uli o ke aliʻi a me nā kilokilo e nānā i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a me ka moana inā he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele, a inā he hiki ʻole e like me ka mea mau.
Before the going down of the sun the steersmen and soothsayers were ordered to observe the look of the clouds and the ocean to see whether the chief could go or not on his journey, according to the signs.
I ia wanaʻao, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki mua lākou i Mōkapu, a ma laila lākou i noho ai he ʻumi lā, no ka mea, ua loʻohia lākou i ka ʻino; hiki ʻole ke holo i Molokaʻi.
In the early morning they left this place and went first to Mokapu and stayed there ten days, for they were delayed by a storm and could not go to Molokai.
ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike maopopo loa aku he wahi helehelena wale nō kāna ʻike lihi ʻana a hikilele aʻela ʻo ia.
but he could not see her distinctly; barely had he seen her face when he waked out of sleep.
Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.2
A no kēia, hikilele aʻela ka hiamoe o ʻAiwohikupua, nīnau aʻela i kā lākou mea e walaʻau nei, haʻi ʻia akula, “He wahine maikaʻi aia ke noho maila i ka pali.”
At this Aiwohikupua started up and asked what they were shouting about. They said, "There is a beautiful woman sitting on the sea cliff."
Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.4
I ia manawa, hikilele hou aʻe lāua mai ka hiamoe aʻe, ʻī akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kahi kahu, “He ʻala ʻokoʻa hoʻi kēia.
then they were startled from sleep. Said Laieikawai to her nurse. "This is a different perfume,
Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.2
Hikilele hou maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai ka hiamoe a ʻōlelo akula i kahi kahu, “He wahi ʻala ʻokoʻa wale nō hoʻi kēia.
again Laieikawai was startled from sleep and said to her nurse, "This is an entirely different fragrance —
Ch.9 p.49 para.11 sent.2
Kuʻu akula i kona ʻaʻala a hikilele maila ko Lāʻieikawai hiamoe, honi hou ana nō i ke ʻala.
and Laieikawai was startled from sleep and again smelled the fragrance.
Ch.17 p.87 para.2 sent.2
I ua moʻo nei e moe ana, hikilele aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe ʻana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia e ka hohono ʻīlio.
he was suddenly startled from sleep; he was awakened by the scent of a dog.
Iā ʻAiwohikupua e nānā ana i ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, he mea ʻē ke kāhāhā a me ka hilahila.
When Aiwohikupua saw the house of the princess of Paliuli, he felt strangely perplexed and abashed,
Ch.8 p.45 para.7 sent.1
A lohe lā ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai no ka makemake ʻole e lawe iā ʻAiwohikupua i kāne male, a laila, he mea ʻē ka hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo akula lākou nei i ka hōʻole ʻana mai.
When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly.
Ch.9 p.48 para.12 sent.1
“ʻAuhea ʻoe, e kuʻu Kuhina,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole ʻo ʻoe ke hilahila ana, ʻo wau nō.
"Where are you, my counsellor!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not
you who bears the shame; I am the one.
Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.1
“Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “Kainoa ua ʻike nō ʻoe he waʻa nahā i koʻokā ko kāua, ko ke kāne.
"Let us bear the shame," said his counsellor. "You know we men must expect such rebuffs; 'a canoe will break on a coral reef;'
Ch.9 p.49 para.8 sent.1
“I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.”
"One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade."
Ch.9 p.49 para.9 sent.1
“Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “a i ʻole e loaʻa i nā kaikuahine o kāua, a laila naʻu e kiʻi a loaʻa i loko o ka hale, a ʻōlelo aku wau e lawe iā ʻoe i kāne hoʻāo nāna e like me kou makemake.”
"Let us endure the shame," said his counsellor, "and if our sisters do not succeed, then I will go and enter the house and tell her to take you for her husband as you desire."
Iā ʻAiwohikupua i hoʻi ai mai Hawaiʻi mai a hiki ma waena o Oʻahu nei a me Kauaʻi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau hoe waʻa penei, “I ko kākou hoʻi ʻana ʻaneʻi a hiki i Kauaʻi, mai ʻōlelo ʻoukou i Hawaiʻi aku nei kākou i o Lāʻieikawai lā o hilahila auaneʻi au, no ka mea, he kanaka wau ua waia i ka ʻōlelo ʻia, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei au i kaʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoukou.
As Aiwohikupua sailed away from Hawaii, between Oahu and Kauai he spoke to his paddlers as follows: "When we get back to Kauai let no one tell that we have been to Hawaii after Laieikawai, lest shame come to me and I be spoken of jeeringly; and therefore I lay my commands upon you.
Hilo (11)
Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.2
I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō.
Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '";
Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.2
Pili pū nā kānaka o Hilo no kēia mea.
the people of Hilo crowded together,
Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.3
A hala nā lā ʻehā ma laila, haʻalele loa ka mālie o Hilo, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana mai o ka ʻāina a waiho wale mai ʻo Panaʻewa.
After four days it cleared over Hilo: the whole country was plainly visible, and Panaewa lay bare.
Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.1
Ma kēia holo ʻana mai Keaʻau mai a kau i Kamaeʻe ma Hilopalikū, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā laila, hiki lākou i Humuʻula ma ka palena o Hilo me Hāmākua.
On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between Hilo and Hamakua;
Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.4
A Hilo nō, loaʻa aʻe nei i ka uhai mai Kauaʻi mai no ka pilikia o ko ka hale poʻe, no laila, hoʻi mai nei.
still at Hilo I got a message from Kauai that the family was in trouble at home, so I turned back;
Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.2
Hoʻokahi malama ke kali ʻana o Poliʻahu no ko lāua hoʻāo e like me kā lāua hoʻohiki ʻana, akā, ua hala ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Hilo no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai.
one month she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after Laieikawai.
Ma kēia holo ʻana a lākou, hiki akula ma Makahanaloa i Hilo ma ke kakahiaka nui.
As they sailed, they arrived in the early morning at Makahanaloa in Hilo.
Hilopalikū (1)
Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.1
Ma kēia holo ʻana mai Keaʻau mai a kau i Kamaeʻe ma Hilopalikū, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā laila, hiki lākou i Humuʻula ma ka palena o Hilo me Hāmākua.
On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between Hilo and Hamakua;
ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.”
not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard."
Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.3
Inā e piʻi ka ʻohu a kū pololei i luna a kiʻekiʻe loa, inā e hina ka ʻohu ma ka lulu, a laila, ua hālāwai wau me Kihanuilūlūmoku, manaʻo aʻe ʻoukou ua hoʻāikāne māua.
When the clouds rise straight up, if they turn leeward then I have met Kihanuilulumoku and you will know that we have made friends.
Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.4
Inā hoʻi e hina ana ka ʻohu i ka makani, a laila, ua hewa ʻo uka, ua hakakā māua me ua moʻo nei.
But if the clouds turn to the windward, there is trouble; I have fought with that lizard.
Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.6
Nānā aʻe ʻoukou i ka ʻohu a hina i kai nei, ua lanakila ka moʻo.
if you see the clouds turn seaward, the lizard is the victor;
Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.7
Akā hoʻi, i piʻi ka ʻohu i luna a hina i luna o ke kuahiwi, a laila, ua heʻe ka moʻo, ʻo ko kākou lanakila nō hoʻi ia.
but when the clouds ascend and turn toward the mountain top, then the lizard has melted away; we have prevailed.
Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.4
ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, hina ana ka ʻohu i kai, a laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ua lanakila ka moʻo, a laila, he mea kaumaha iā ʻAiwohikupua no ka pio ʻana o kā lākou ʻaoʻao.
and no short time after turned seaward, then Aiwohikupua knew that the lizard had prevailed and Aiwohikupua regretted the defeat of their side.
Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.1
“I nānā aku auaneʻi ʻoe, ka ʻelemakule e loloa ana ka lauoho, ua hina ke poʻo, ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele nō ia.
"When you see an old man with long gray hair, that is Moanalihaikawaokele;
Hinaikamalama (79)
Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā naʻe i hiki aku ai, e heʻe nalu mai ana nā kāne a me nā wāhine i ka nalu o Pūhele, aia naʻe i laila kekahi kaikamahine aliʻi maikaʻi kaulana o Hāna ʻo Hinaikamalama kona inoa.
When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, Hinaikamalama by name.
Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.1
A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana.
When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped.
Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.2
I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo.
While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble.
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.9
A pau nā kauoha a ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama, haʻalele lākou iā Maui, hiki lākou nei i Kapakai ma Kohala.
After laying his commands upon Hinaikamalama, they left Maui and went to Kapakai at Kohala.
Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.2
ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i hoʻopalau me Hinaikamalama, ke kaikamahine aliʻi kaulana o Hāna?
Are you not betrothed to Hinaikamalama, the famous princess of Hana?
Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.3
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana i ka wanaʻao, hoʻokaʻawale lākou i ka wahine noho mauna, a holo akula a hiki i Hāna a hālāwai me Hinaikamalama.
When their talk was ended, at the approach of day, they parted from the woman of the mountain and sailed and came to Hana and met Hinaikamalama.
A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Hāna mai Kohala aku ma hope iho o ko lākou hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā Poliʻahu, ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo ko lākou hiki mua ʻana ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana.
When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala. his boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, where Hinaikamalama was living.
Hinaikamalamaʻaʻole (1)
Ch.19 p.97 para.2 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ʻo Hinaikamalama,“ʻAʻole e hāʻawi ʻia ka ihu iā ʻoe.
Said Hinaikamalama, "I will not give you a kiss;
Hinakahua (1)
Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.1
A hiki lākou i Hinakahua i ke kahua mokomoko, i ia manawa, ʻike maila ka ʻaha mokomoko i ke keiki Kauaʻi no ka ʻoi o kona kanaka maikaʻi ma mua o nā keiki kamaʻāina, a lilo ihola ka ʻaha i mea haunaele.
When they came to Hinakahua, where the field was cleared for boxing, the crowd saw that the youth from Kauai surpassed in beauty all the natives of the place, and they raised a tumult.
I ia manawa, piʻi aʻela ka ʻula o ʻAiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea lā ua hoʻoluʻu ʻia i ke koko o nā hipa keiki , huli aʻela ʻo ia a kūpono i mua o ka ʻaha a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻO wai kēia kanaka i ʻaʻa mai ai ʻo ia i ke keiki Kauaʻi nei?
Then a flush rose all over his body as if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb. He turned right to the crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy,
A no kona hānau mua ʻana, lilo ai ʻo ia i hiwahiwa na nā mākua o kākou.
He was the firstborn of us; he was greatly beloved by our parents;
Ch.30 p.163 para.2 sent.1
I kēlā wā nō, lohe ʻia akula ka pihe ʻuā a puni ʻo Kauaʻi i ka ʻike ʻana aku i ka hiwahiwa kama kahi a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua ʻo Laukieleʻula, ke aliʻi nui o Kahakaekaea a me Nuʻumealani.
Then the sound of shouting was heard all over Kauai at the sight of the beloved child of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula, the great high chief of Kahakaekaea and Nuumealani.
Ch.30 p.163 para.2 sent.2
Aia hoʻi he leo ʻuā, “Ka Hiwahiwa a Hulumāniani ē!
Behold! a voice shouting, "The beloved of Hulumaniani!
Ch.30 p.163 para.5 sent.2
Iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i hiki mai ai, moe kukuli ihola kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula i mua o ka hiwahiwa.
When he came, all his sisters bowed down before him, and the prophet before the Beloved.
Ch.30 p.163 para.6 sent.1
A, ʻo Lāʻieikawai kekahi, i ka hiwahiwa i ʻike mai ai iā Lāʻieikawai e hoʻomaka ana e kukuli, kāhea maila ka hiwahiwa, “E kuʻu Haku wahine, e Lāʻieikawai ē!
And Laieikawai was about to do the same; when the Beloved saw Laieikawai about to kneel he cried out, "O my wife and ruler! O Laieikawai!
Ch.30 p.165 para.3 sent.1
I ka makāula i kaʻapuni ai ma muli o ka ʻōlelo a ka hiwahiwa, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hālāwai me kekahi kanaka hoʻokahi, no ka mea, ua pau i uka o Pihanakalani, kahi i ʻōlelo ʻia he lanakila.
On the seer's circuit, according to the command of the Beloved, he did not encounter a single person, for all had gone up to Pihanakalani, the place where it had been predicted that victory should be accomplished.
Hō mai he ola, i ola nui, i ola loa, a kau i ka puaaneane, a kani koʻo, a pala lauhala, a haumakaʻiole.
bring to him life, a great life, a long life, to live forever, until the staff rings as he walks, until he is dragged upon a mat, until the eyes are dim.
Ch.10 p.53 para.5 sent.1
Hō mai ka ihu i ou pōkiʻi,
Give a kiss to your sisters.
Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.20
Hō mai ka ihu i ou mau pōkiʻi,
Give a kiss to your little ones,
Ch.27 p.145 para.9 sent.1
Hō mai he ʻike, he ʻike nui, he ʻike loa,
Grant me the sight, the long sight, the deep sight,
“E Moanalihaikawaokele, ʻo kuʻu kapa i haumia, hō mai .
"O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted clothes,
Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.6
Kāhea ihola, “E Moanalihaikawaokele, hō mai kuʻu kapa i haumia i kuʻu maʻi.
She called, "O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted skirt;
Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.1
“A i kou hiki ʻana i kahi o ua ipu lā e kū ana, wehe aʻe ʻoe i ke poʻi, a laila, hoʻokomo iho ʻoe i ko poʻo i ka waha o ua ipu lā, a laila, kāhea iho ʻoe ma ka inoa o ua ipu lā,'E Laukapalili ē, hō mai i ka ʻike'
And when you come to where the gourd is standing take off the cover, then put your head into the mouth of the gourd and call out the name of the gourd, 'Laukapalili, Trembling Leaf, give me wisdom.'
Manaʻo lā hoʻi ʻo ia, aia a loaʻa hou aku, a laila, haʻi aku i kona hoa kuhina nui.
thinking when it came again, then he would tell his chief counsellor.
Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.2
Pane akula ʻo ia i mua o kona hoa hakakā, “E ke kamaʻāina, ua noi mai ʻoe iaʻu e leʻaleʻa kāua a eia hoʻi kaʻu noi iā ʻoe.
and he answered his opponent: "O native born, you have asked me to have some fun with you, and this is what I ask of you:
Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a Ihuanu, ʻī aku kona mau hoa hiu mokomoko, “ʻAuhea ʻoe!
At these words of Cold-nose his supporters said, "Where are you!
Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.4
Malia o lanakila ʻoe i ua malo ou,” a laila, neʻe akula kona mau hoa ma waho o ka ʻaha.
maybe you will win through your girdle!" Then his backers moved away from the crowd.
Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.1
Iā Ihuanu naʻe e ʻōlelo kaena ana iā ia iho i mua o kona mau hoa no kona lanakila ma luna o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, oi maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a kokoke iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, ʻūpoʻipoʻi aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau lima ma ka poʻohiwi, me he moa kāne lā e hoʻomākaukau ana no ke kani ʻana, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Ihuanu, “E Ihuanu!
While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose!
Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.3
A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia kaena a ʻAiwohikupua e kuʻi, a laila, leha aʻela nā maka o Ihuanu a puni ka ʻaha, ʻike akula ʻo ia e hiʻi ʻia mai ana kekahi keiki ʻōpiopio loa, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ihuanu iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole naʻu ʻoe e kuʻi, na kēlā wahi keiki e hiʻi ʻia maila, nāna ʻoe e kuʻi, a ʻo ia kou hoa hakakā.”
When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your opponent."
I loko o kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina wela o Ihuanu no kēia ʻōlelo me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E koʻu poʻe kōkua, mai makaʻu ʻoukou.
These words roused Cold-nose to hot wrath and he said: "Here! you backers of mine, don't be afraid,
Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.1
“ʻAe,” wahi a ko lākou kaikaina, “e hoʻā kākou i ahi ma kēlā pō kēia pō a e oli aku ka hānau mua, a laila, i ka muli iho, pēlā a pau kākou i hoʻokahi nō olioli ʻana a ka mea hoʻokahi ma ka pō, a laila, iaʻu ka pō hope loa.
"yes," said their younger sister, "let us burn a fire every night, and let the oldest sing, then the next, and so on until the last of us, only one of us sing each night, then I will come the last night;
Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.1
I ka pō mua, hoʻā aʻela lākou i ahi, a iā Mailehaʻiwale ke oli ʻana i ia pō e like me kā lākou hoʻoholo like ʻana.
The next night they lighted the fire and Mailehaiwale sang that night, as they had agreed,
Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.1
I ka lima o ka pō, ʻo ia ko Kahalaomāpuana pō, ʻo ka hope loa nō hoʻi ia, hoʻā ihola ke ahi, a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hana ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana he pū lāʻī a hoʻokani akula.
On the fifth night, Kahalaomapuana's night, the last night of all, they lighted the fire, and at midnight Kahalaomapuana made a trumpet of a ti leaf and played on it.
Ch.16 p.81 para.2 sent.1
I kēlā manawa, ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina wela o ʻAiwohikupua a māhuahua.
Then the hot wrath of Aiwohikupua was kindled and his anger grew.
Ch.17 p.88 para.11 sent.1
Akā, ma kēia hana a nā ʻelele lalau, ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina o ke aliʻi no kāna mau ʻelele, no laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko lāua punahele.
Now for this mistake of the messengers the rage of Aiwohikupua was stirred against his messengers, and they ceased to be among his favorites.
A no kēia mea, ua pono ka ʻōlelo a ka wahine i mua o kāna kāne, akā, ma kēia ʻōlelo hope a Lāʻielohelohe, i ia manawa, ua hoʻā ʻia ke ahi ʻenaʻena o ke aloha wela o Hinaikamalama no Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, e kaʻawale ana lāua mai ko lāua launa hewa ʻana.
Now his wife's words seemed right to her husband; but at Laielohelohe's last request to separate them from their sinful companionship, then was kindled the fire of Hinaikamalama's hot love for Kekalukaluokewa.
A i ka mākaukau ʻana o ka ʻahaʻaina pālala a ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i kāna ʻōlelo e kiʻi aku i nā hoa ʻai , ma nā aliʻi kāne wale nō, a hoʻokahi wale nō aliʻi wahine i ʻae ʻia e komo i ka ʻahaʻaina pālala, ʻo ia ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa.
While the feast was being made ready the chief gave word to fetch the feasters; with all the male chiefs, only one woman of rank was allowed to come to the celebration; this was Kailiokalauokekoa.
Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.1
I ka lā i ʻahaʻaina ai, ʻākoakoa maila nā hoa ʻai a pau loa, ua mākaukau nā mea ʻai, a ʻo ka ʻawa ko lākou mea inu ma ia ʻahaʻaina ʻana.
On the day of the feast all the guests assembled, the food was ready spread, and the drink at the feast was the awa.
Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.4
A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi makemake, lālau like aʻela nā hoa ʻai o ke aliʻi a me ke aliʻi pū i nā ʻapu ʻawa a inu aʻela.
When the chief's command was carried out, the guests and the chief himself took up their cups of awa all together and drank.
Hoʻolale aʻela kona mau mākua i nā kānaka e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa no Hinaikamalama e holo ai i Kauaʻi, a wae aʻela i mau hoa hele kūpono no ke aliʻi e like me ke ʻano mua o ka huakaʻi aliʻi.
The parents hastened the preparation of canoes for Hinaikamalama's voyage to Kauai, and selected a suitable cortege for the princess's journey, as is customary on the journey of a chief.
Ma hope iho o ka lilo ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui i mua o ke aliʻi me he kuhina nui lā, a ʻo ia ka hoa kūkā mau o ke aliʻi ma nā mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke aliʻi me ka manaʻo aku o ka poʻe ʻē, e kūkā ana ma nā mea pili i ka ʻāina a me nā waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho aliʻi ʻana.
After this man had become great before the chief, even his high counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the chief;
Ch.4 p.21 para.8 sent.2
Ua hūnā loa ke aliʻi i kona hoa kūkā mau.
the chief hid it from his usual confidant,
Ch.4 p.23 para.3 sent.2
ʻŌlelo akula ke aliʻi i kona hoa kūkā , “Ma kēia ʻona ʻawa o kāua, ʻaʻole i waiwai iki.”
Said the chief to his counsellor, "No good at all has come from this awa drinking of ours."
Ch.4 p.23 para.4 sent.1
ʻĪ maila kona hoa kūkā , “Pehea lā kā hoʻi ka waiwai o ka ʻona ʻawa?
The counsellor answered, "'What is the good of awa drinking?
Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.3
A hoʻoholo aʻela lākou e hoʻolilo i ko lākou kaikaina i hoa kūkā no ke aliʻi ma nā hana e pili ana i kou lākou noho ʻana.
and they appointed their younger sister to speak to the princess about what they had agreed upon.
Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai me kona kahu ma ka hale ma hope iho o ke kauoha ʻana a kona kupuna wahine, hoʻouna aʻela ʻo ia i kona kahu e kiʻi aku iā Mailehaʻiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelauliʻi, Mailepākaha a me Kahalaomāpuana, kona mau hoa kūkā e like me kā lākou hoʻohiki ʻana.
Afterward, when they were in the house, she sent her nurse to bring Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and Kahalaomapuana, her counsellors, as they had agreed.
I ia manawa, lawe akula ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku iā lākou a noho i uka o ʻOlaʻa, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e hoʻāʻā ʻia i kona hilahila nui no ka ʻōlelo a Waka, a hele pū nō hoʻi me kona mau hoa.
then Kihanuilulumoku bore them back on his tongue to dwell in the uplands of Olaa; thus did Laieikawai begin to burn with shame at Waka's words, and she and her companions went away together.
A no kēia ʻōlelo, hoʻoholo aʻela nā kaikamāhine malihini na ko lākou kaikaina e hoʻopuka kā lākou ʻōlelo pane aku i ke aliʻi, “E ke Aliʻi ē, pōmaikaʻi mākou no kou hoʻokipa ʻana iā mākou, a pōmaikaʻi hoʻi mākou no kou lawe ʻana aʻe iā mākou i mau hoahānau nou.
To these conditions the stranger girls agreed: the younger sister answered the princess for them all: "O princess, we are happy that you receive us; happy, too, that you take us to be your sisters
Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.5
No laila, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i ʻike noʻu, i ʻike hiki ke ʻike aku ma kahi mamao i ʻike au i ka pono o koʻu hoahānau.”
so give me power to see to that distant place to know how it is with my relatives."
I ia manawa, lālau maila ʻo Hāunakā i nā lima o ʻAiwohikupua a aloha maila ʻo ia, a ʻo ka pau nō ia, hoʻāikāne lāua, hui ka ʻaha.
Then Haunaka seized Aiwohikupua's hand and welcomed him, and the end of it was they made friends and the players mixed with the crowd,
Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.6
Make mai kāna wahine, ʻo ka ʻohi nō ia o ka make a ka mea hoʻāikāne mai.”
death to his wife, death to all his friends; this is the debt he shall pay."
Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.1
ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ke makemake nei wau e hoʻāikāne kāua, a ma koʻu hale nei ʻoe e noho ai.
Said Laieikawai to Kahalaomapuana, "Let us two be friends, and you shall live here in my house
Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.3
Inā e piʻi ka ʻohu a kū pololei i luna a kiʻekiʻe loa, inā e hina ka ʻohu ma ka lulu, a laila, ua hālāwai wau me Kihanuilūlūmoku, manaʻo aʻe ʻoukou ua hoʻāikāne māua.
When the clouds rise straight up, if they turn leeward then I have met Kihanuilulumoku and you will know that we have made friends.
Ua nui nō nā lā o ka makāula ma Kaʻuiki, ʻaneʻane makahiki a ʻoi aʻe paha, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike iki i ka hōʻailona mau āna e ukali nei.
Many days the seer remained at Kauwiki, nearly a year or more, but he never saw the sign he had followed thither.
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.1
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku.
Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come.
Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.1
I ia pō a ao aʻe, ma hope o ka ʻauinalā, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia i ke kū a ka pūnohu i ka moana ma ka hōʻailona i kū iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me ka mea i maʻa i ua makāula nei.
A night and a day passed; toward evening he again saw the cloud rise on the ocean in the form which the seer recognized as Aiwohikupua's —
Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.4
A ikē ʻia aku ka piʻo mai o ke ānuenue i loko o ka manawa mālie, a laila, maopopo nona kēlā hōʻailona.”
and see whether the rainbow is there then; then we shall know it is her sign.
Ch.10 p.54 para.3 sent.1
ʻAʻole naʻe he ʻae o kahi muli loa, a laila, hōʻailona ihola lākou ma ka huhuki ʻana i nā pua mauʻu.
But the youngest would not consent; then they drew lots by pulling the flower stems of grass;
Ch.10 p.54 para.3 sent.3
Akā, i ka hōʻailona ʻana, kū iā Kahalaomāpuana ka hōʻailona.
now when they drew, the lot fell to Kahalaomapuana.
A no kēia ʻōlelo a kahi kanaka, ʻī aku ke aliʻi, “Alia wau e manaʻoʻiʻo i kāu no Lāʻieikawai kēlā hōʻailona, no ka mea, he mea mau i loko o ka wā ua ka piʻo o ke ānuenue.
At the man's words, the chief answered, "I will wait before believing that a sign for Laieikawai; for the rainbow is common in rainy weather;
A no ka ʻike ʻana o ka makāula i kēlā hōʻailona, kū aʻela ʻo ia a hopu he wahi puaʻa, he moa lawa, me ka pū ʻawa e hoʻomākaukau ana no ka hiki mai o ʻAiwohikupua.
When the prophet saw that sign he arose and caught a little pig and a black cock, and pulled a bundle of awa root to prepare for Aiwohikupua's coming.
Alia naʻe wau e hoʻokō i ka ʻume a ka mea nāna i ʻume iā kāua e like me kona makemake, akā, e hoʻākāka aʻe wau i koʻu kuleana i hiki mai ai iā Kauaʻi nei mai kahi lōʻihi mai.
now I put off the match which the master of ceremonies has chosen. But let me explain my object in coming so far as Kauai.
I loko o kona lā e hele ana ma kona ʻano makāula, iā ia hoʻi i hiki aku ai i Wailua, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau o Kauaʻi ma o ka poʻe kaukaualiʻi me nā kaikamāhine koʻikoʻi, ma muli naʻe o ka ʻōlelo kuahaua a ʻAiwohikupua, a lawe ʻia mai nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi.
As he traveled in his character as seer he came to Wailua. Lo! all the virgin daughters of Kauai were gathered together, all of the rank of chief with the girls of well-to-do families, at the command of Aiwohikupua to bring the virgins before the chief,
Ch.26 p.136 para.5 sent.1
A hiki akula ka makāula i loko o kēlā ʻākoakoa, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine ma kahi hoʻokahi, e kū ana i mua o ke aliʻi.
When the seer came within the crowd. lo! the maidens were assembled in one place before the chief.
Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.3
E hoʻākoakoa mai nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau i hōʻike aku ai wau i koʻu aloha nui iā lākou ma mua o kou lawe ʻana aku iaʻu.”
and let the chiefs be gathered together and all the people of the land, that I may show them my great love before you take me away."
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.4
A pau ka uē ʻana a lākou, nīnau akula nā aliʻi iā Kauakahialiʻi, “Pehea kāu hele ʻana aku nei ma muli o kou hoʻāo ʻia ʻana iā ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa)?”
After the wailing the chiefs asked Kauakahialii, "How did your journey go after your marriage with Kailiokalauokekoa?"
Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.3
A pau ko huakaʻi kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi nei, a laila, hoʻi aku a hoʻāo ʻolua?
After this trip around Hawaii, then are you not returning for your marriage?
Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.3
I kiʻi aku nei wau iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine male (hoʻāo) naʻu no koʻu lohe ʻana nō iā Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo ana i ka lā a lākou i hiki mai ai.
to fetch Laieikawai for my wife, after hearing Kauakahialii's story the day when his party
returned here.
Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i holo aku ai mai Maui aku a hiki i kēlā wahi, ua ʻike mua mai ʻo Poliʻahu i ko lākou holo ʻana a me ka hiki ʻana i Kaʻelehuluhulu, no laila, hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo Poliʻahu iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila hoʻāo.
As Aiwohikupua 's party were on the way from Maui thither, Poliahu knew of their setting sail and coming to Kaelehuluhulu. Then Poliahu made herself ready to come to wed Aiwohikupua;
Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.2
Hoʻokahi malama ke kali ʻana o Poliʻahu no ko lāua hoʻāo e like me kā lāua hoʻohiki ʻana, akā, ua hala ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Hilo no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai.
one month she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after Laieikawai.
ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.”
The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you."
Hoʻāʻo hou ihola ke aliʻi e hiamoe hou, loaʻa hou nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma ka hihiʻo pōkole loa.
The chief again slept, and again Laieikawai came to him for a moment,
Ch.9 p.47 para.4 sent.2
E hoʻāʻo aʻe ʻo Mailekaluhea i kāna loaʻa a i nele, a laila hoʻi kākou.”
let Mailekaluhea try her luck, and if she fails then we will go."
Ch.9 p.47 para.5 sent.2
ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E hoʻāʻo aku hoʻi ʻoe i kāu loaʻa, a i nele, ʻo ia ihola nō.”
said Aiwohikupua, "Suppose you try your luck, and if you fail, all is over."
Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.4
Hoʻāʻo ʻia aku paha ʻo Mailelauliʻi.”
Let us try what Mailelaulii can do."
Ch.19 p.96 para.9 sent.1
Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, hoʻāʻo hou aʻela lāua i kā lāua hana no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki.
After this, they again met in fulfillment of their vow.
Ch.23 p.123 para.6 sent.2
Akā, hoʻāʻo wau ma kuʻu mana i kō ai kou makemake.”
but I will try my supernatural arts to fulfill your desire."
Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.2
Pēlā i hoʻāʻo liʻiliʻi ai nā hōʻailona i loko o nā lā ʻelima, a ʻo ke ono o ka lā, kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, waikahe ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, ku ka pūnohu i ka moana.
So the signs began little by little during five days, and on the sixth day the thunder cracked, the rain poured down, the ocean billows swelled, the land was flooded, the lightning flashed, the mist closed down, the rainbow arched, the colored cloud rose over the ocean.
Ua pono nō lā hoʻi ia inā lā hoʻi e hoe ana ʻoe, ʻaʻole kā!
You ought to have taken hold and helped paddle. Not so!
Ch.2 p.10 para.4 sent.2
ʻAʻole au e haʻalele ana iā ʻolua, akā, i manaʻo aʻe nei au e huli i kōkoʻolua noʻu e hoe aku ai iā ʻolua a pae i Lānaʻi.”
I shall not forsake you; but I must look for a mate to paddle you both to Lanai."
Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.”
And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle."
Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.1
A ʻike ka mea waʻa he mea kaumaha kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i mua ona, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini, “ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo e hoʻounauna aku iā ʻolua e kōkua mai iaʻu ma ka hoe pū ʻana i ka waʻa, no ka mea, he mea nui ʻolua naʻu.
The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance."
Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.3
ʻAlawa aʻela ke aliʻi a ʻike akula he mea ʻē o ka wahine maikaʻi, a no kēia mea, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i nā hoe waʻa e hoe pololei aku ma kahi a ka wahine e noho mai ana, a holo akula a kokoke.
The chief turned his head to look, and saw that the stranger was, indeed, a charming woman. So the chief ordered the boatmen to row straight to the place where the woman was sitting, and as they approached
Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.1
Iā Kahalaomāpuana e kau ana i ka ʻūhā o kona kaikunāne, kēnā aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa i hoe ikaika.
When Kahalaomapuana was in her brother's lap, Aiwohikupua ordered the canoemen to paddle with all their might;
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa ,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.2
”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi.
Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai.
Ch.4 p.23 para.9 sent.2
I ia manawa ke koho ʻana a ke aliʻi i nā hoe waʻa kūpono ke holo pū, ko ke aliʻi mau iwikuamoʻo ponoʻī.
and at the same time he appointed the best paddlers out of the chief's personal attendants.
Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.1
A i ka wanaʻao, i ka puka ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, kau akula ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, nā hoe waʻa he ʻumikumamāono, nā hoʻokele ʻelua, he iwakālua ko lākou nui ma luna o nā kaulua, a holo akula.
And in the early morning at the rising of the canoe-steering star the chief went on board with his counsellor and his sixteen paddlers and two steersmen, twenty of them altogether in the double canoe, and set sail.
Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.2
I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa e hoʻokokoke ʻāina aku nā waʻa, no ka mea, ua makemake ke aliʻi e ʻike i ke kumu o kēia ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka.
Then Aiwohikupua ordered the boatmen to paddle inshore, for he wanted to see why the crowd was gathering.
Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.3
No laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau i kēia, he hiki i kuʻu akua ke hāʻawi mai iaʻu e lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka, a e hoʻolilo aʻe kuʻu akua i ke poʻo o ko ʻoukou ikaika i mea milimili na kuʻu mau hoe waʻa .”
for I say to him, my god can give me victory over this man, and my god will deliver the head of this mighty one to be a plaything for my paddlers."
E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia.
by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one.
A laila haʻi maila kēlā i ke kumu o kona kāhea ʻana a me kona ʻoliʻoli i mua o ke aliʻi, “Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā i nehinei, e lawelawe ana wau i ka waʻa no ka manaʻo e holo i Lānaʻi, hōʻea mai ana kēia wahine me ke kaikamahine.
Then the man told why he shouted and why his face was glad in the presence of the chief: ''In the early morning yesterday, while I was working over the canoe, intending to sail to Lanai, a certain woman came with her daughter,
Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.1
Iā lākou nō e uē ana, hōʻea mai ana ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ma ka pali mai, a laila, ua kuʻu ʻia ka naʻau kaumaha o kona mau kaikuaʻana.
While they were still mourning Kahalaomapuana appeared by the cliff; then their sorrow was at an end.
Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.8
Iā māua e hele ana, a hiki i ke ʻalu kahawai, nānā akula māua, e hōʻea mai ana kēia mea ma luna o ke ʻāhua i hala hope iā māua.
as we came to the edge of the gulch, we saw some one appear above the rise we had just left;
Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne.
This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy;
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.4
Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō.
but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die;
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.2
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.5
A hoʻi mai ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, haʻi ʻia akula, ua hānau ʻo Mālaekahana he kaikamahine.
When Kahauokapaka returned from the fishing he was told that Malaekahana had borne a daughter.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.2
ʻO kēia naʻe ke kaikamahine ʻoi aku o ka maikaʻi ma mua o kēlā kaikamahine mua; manaʻo ihola e ola lā hoʻi.
more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it.
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.2
E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne.
Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow;
Hoʻi hou akula ʻo Waka me kāna moʻopuna a hiki i ka mōlehulehu ʻana, hoʻomakākiu hou maila ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ua hele aku kēlā mea āna i ʻike ai, akā, aia nō ua makāula nei ma kāna wahi i noho mua ai, no laila, hoʻi hope hou ʻo Waka.
Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again.
Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa a ka waʻa e hoʻi hope nei, hoʻohuoi ihola ka makāula i ka pā ʻana a ka makani ma kona pāpālina, no ka mea, ua maopopo iā ia kahi a ka makani i pā ai i ka holo ʻana mai Oʻahu aku nei; manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ma kai mai ka makani e pā nei.
When the canoe turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, thought he. the wind is blowing from the seaward.
Ch.2 p.8 para.3 sent.1
A laila, nīnau akula ʻo ia i nā mea waʻa, “He aha iho nei kēia hana a ʻolua iaʻu i hoʻi hope ai ka waʻa?
Then he asked the paddlers: "What are you doing to me to take the canoe back again?
Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola.
Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola.
Ch.2 p.7 para.4 sent.1
A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa.
So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept.
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.1
No laila, kaʻakaʻa aʻela nā maka o ka makāula, aia hoʻi, e hoʻi hou ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei.
Then the seer opened his eyes and the canoe was going back to Oahu.
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana.
Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean.
Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.2
Inā ʻo kuʻu noho wale ke kumu o ka hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa o kākou i Oʻahu, a laila, ke ʻōlelo nei au ua hewa ka mea i luna o kua ʻiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kāna, ʻaʻole āna hana.”
if you say the reason for your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing."
Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.5
I kipa mai nei i ou lā e haʻi aku no kēia mau mea iā ʻoe, a no laila, e noho malu ʻoe a hiki i kuʻu hoʻi hou ʻana mai, hoʻokō ʻia ka hoʻohiki.”
I have stopped in here to tell you all this; and therefore, live apart, and on my next
return our vow shall be fulfilled."
Hoʻohuli hou nā waʻa i hope e ʻimi iā Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa, no laila, haʻalele loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio a hoʻi loa aku i Kauaʻi.
The canoe turned back to recover Kahalaomapuana, but the party did not find her; then Aiwohikupua abandoned his young sister and sailed straight for Kauai.
Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.4
No laila, haʻalele kēia iā Hilo, a manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻi loa i Kauaʻi, a hoʻi akula.
So he left Hilo, intending to go all the way back to Kauai, and he set out.
A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa.
So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept.
Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.1
Ma nā helu mua o kēia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou na Kapūkaʻihaoa i kauoha iā Waka ma ka moeʻuhane e hoʻihoʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli ma muli o ka ʻike a ka makāula.
In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw.
Ch.10 p.56 para.1 sent.1
Iā Kahalaomāpuana e uē ana no kona mau kaikuaʻana, i ia manawa kona noi ʻana aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻihoʻi iā ia me kona mau kaikuaʻana, akā, ʻaʻole nō he maliu mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua.
Then Kahalaomapuana wept for her sisters and besought Aiwohikupua to restore her to her sisters; but Aiwohikupua would not take pity on her.
Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.1
A pau kā lākou ʻōlelo ʻana me ke aliʻi no kēia mau mea, hoʻihoʻi ʻia akula lākou a ma ka hale i hoʻomākaukau ʻia no lākou.
After talking with the princess concerning all these things, they were dismissed to the house prepared for them.
Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.4
Eia wale nō ko lākou manawa ʻike i kā lākou mau mea ʻai i ka manawa mākaukau o lākou e pāʻina, i ia manawa e lawe mai ai nā manu i nā mea ʻai a lākou, a na nā manu nō e hoʻihoʻi aku i nā ukana ke pau kā lākou pāʻina ʻana.
nor the food itself, save when, at mealtimes, the birds brought them food and cleared away the remnants when they had done.
Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.3
A ma kēia hālāwai ʻana o lākou, haʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka moʻolelo o kona hoʻihoʻi ʻia ʻana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamāhiku o kēia kaʻao.
And at this discovery, Kahalaomapuana told the story of her dismissal, as we saw in Chapter XXVII of this story,
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i hōʻike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana e kona kupuna wahine, luliluli aʻela ke poʻo o ke kupuna wahine ʻaʻole e hōʻike kāna moʻopuna iā ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auaneʻi ka nani o kāna moʻopuna i mea pākūā wale.
When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common thing.
Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.2
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i ka mea waʻa ma muli o kāna noi, a laila, hōʻike pau loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ia mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ua lohe akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka ʻōlelo a kona kupuna wahine, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ka makemake e hūnā iā ia, akā, ua makemake ʻole kēlā e hūnā.
At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal herself, when she had not wanted to at all.
Ch.3 p.17 para.5 sent.2
A no ka pule hoʻomau a ua makāula nei, ua loaʻa hou iā ia ke kuhikuhi ʻana e like me kēlā hōʻike iā ia ma Kaʻuiki.
and in answer to the seer's prayer, he had again the same sign that was shown to him on Kauwiki.
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.1
Ma mua aku naʻe o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi no Lāʻieikawai, ua hōʻike ʻē ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine ona a me kona poʻe ʻaialo a pau, a eia kāna ʻōlelo paʻa, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e koʻu mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine oʻu, koʻu mau ʻaialo a pau.
Even before Aiwohikupua heard from Kauakahialii about Laieikawai he had made a vow before his food companions, his sisters, and before all the men of rank in his household: "Where are you, O chiefs, O my sisters, all my food companions!
Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe e kū ana ma kona wahi, puka maila ʻo Ihuanu a kū i waena o ke kahua mokomoko e hōʻike ana iā ia iho i mua o ke anaina, a kāhea maila me ka leo nui, “ʻO wai ka mea ma kēlā aoʻao mai e hele mai e mokomoko?”
As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?"
Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.3
Iā Ihuanu e hōʻike ana iā ia iho, huli aʻela ʻo ia a ʻike iā ʻAiwohikupua, kāhea maila, “Pehea ʻoe, e ka malihini?
As Cold-nose showed himself off he turned and saw Aiwohikupua and called out, '"How are you, stranger?
Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.”
but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united."
A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo, nīnau akula, “Inā ua like kona maikaʻi me kuʻu kaikamahine nei lā, a laila, ua nani ʻiʻo,” a no kēia nīnau a ke aliʻi, noi akula ua wahi kanaka nei e hōʻike ʻia mai ke kaikamahine aliʻi i mua ona, a lawe ʻia maila ʻo Kaʻulaʻailehua, ke kaikamahine a ke aliʻi.
When the chief heard these words he said, "If she is as good looking as my daughter, then she is beautiful indeed." At this saying of the chief, the man begged that the chiefess be
shown to him, and Kaulaailehua, the daughter of the chief, was brought thither.
Ch.17 p.88 para.1 sent.1
A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike ʻia ma kekahi o nā mokuna mua o kēia kaʻao a pau nā lā o ka pāpāiʻawa ma Kauaʻi, hoʻouna akula ia i kona mau ʻelele iā ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale e holo aku e haʻi i ka ʻōlelo kauoha a ke aliʻi i mua o Poliʻahu.
And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief.
Ch.26 p.138 para.6 sent.1
A pau kēia mau mea i ka hōʻike ʻia , i nānā aku ka hana o ʻAiwohikupua a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, e kū mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma loko o ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi kapu i luna o nā waʻa.
After all these signs had been displayed, Aiwohikupua and the others saw Laieikawai standing above the canoes under the symbol of a taboo chief.
Ch.27 p.146 para.5 sent.2
Holokikī akula kēia a paʻa ma ka ʻumiʻumi o ka makua kāne, kāhea ihola e like me ke aʻoaʻo ʻana a Kāʻeloikamalama i hōʻike ʻia ma luna.
she ran quickly and seized her father's beard and called to him in the words taught her by Kaeloikamalama, as shown above.
Ch.29 p.159 para.6 sent.3
Hoʻokahi lā o kona noho ʻana me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma Honopuʻuwaiakua, mai kona hoʻi ʻana aku mai kaʻapuni, hiki mai ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma mua aʻe nei i hōʻike ʻia ma nēia mokuna.
He had been back one day with his daughters at Honopuwaiakua when Kahalaomapuana arrived, as described in the chapter before.
Hōkū (1)
Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.3
Aia nō a pau ka haumia, a laila, hana aku ma ka hana o ka Hōkū Venuka.”
when the uncleanness is over, then the deeds of Venus may be done."
Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa (2)
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.2
I ia pō iho, i ka hiki ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, he ʻumikumamālima ko lākou nui, hiki mua maila lākou ma Kamaile i Waiʻanae.
That night when the canoe star rose they left Kauai, 15 strong, and came first to Kamaile in Waianae.
Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.1
A i ka wanaʻao, i ka puka ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, kau akula ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, nā hoe waʻa he ʻumikumamāono, nā hoʻokele ʻelua, he iwakālua ko lākou nui ma luna o nā kaulua, a holo akula.
And in the early morning at the rising of the canoe-steering star the chief went on board with his counsellor and his sixteen paddlers and two steersmen, twenty of them altogether in the double canoe, and set sail.
Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki.
the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child;
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa, hoʻoholo aʻela ka makāula i kona manaʻo e holo i Oʻahu i maopopo ai iā ia kāna mea e ʻike nei.
Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign which he saw.
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.3
Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki akula kēia i Anahola, hoʻolimalima akula kēia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei.
He left the place and went to Anahola to bargain for a boat to go to Oahu, but he could not hire a boat to go to Oahu.
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.1
Iā Hulumāniani i hālāwai aku ai me Poloʻula, nonoi akula ʻo ia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, a laila, hāʻawi ʻia maila ka waʻa me nā kānaka.
When Hulumaniani met Poloula he begged of him a canoe to go to Oahu. Then the canoe and men were given to him.
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.3
Ma mua aʻe naʻe o ko ka makāula holo ʻana mai, ua hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo ia hoʻokahi puaʻa hiwa, he moa lawa a me ka iʻa ʻula.
Before the seer sailed, he first got ready a black pig, a white fowl, and a red fish.
Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.1
I ka ʻehā o nā lā o ia nei ma laila, loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ana i Molokaʻi.
On the fourth day he secured a boat to go to Molokai.
Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa a holo akula a like a like o ka moana, loaʻa ka manaʻo ʻino i nā mea waʻa, no ka mea, ua uluhua lāua i ua makāula nei no ka hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau ʻana o kahi puaʻa a ʻoʻoʻō mau nō hoʻi o kahi moa.
He went on board the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and the cock crowed.
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kēlā kakahiaka, kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki a holoholo aʻela i mua o lākou lā e hōʻike ana iā ia iho ma kona ʻano kanaka uʻi me ka manaʻo e maliu ʻia mai e ke Aliʻi wahine o Paliuli.
As Laieikawai and her companions were sitting there that morning, Hauailiki stood up and walked about before them, showing off his good looks to gain the notice of the princess of Paliuli.
No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi.
Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this.
Kuʻu akula i kona ʻaʻala a hikilele maila ko Lāʻieikawai hiamoe, honi hou ana nō i ke ʻala.
and Laieikawai was startled from sleep and again smelled the fragrance.
Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi, e honi kāua, no ka mea, iaʻu i piʻi mai ai i uka nei i kēia mau pō aku nei lā, ua hiki mai wau i uka nei me ko ʻike ʻole, akā, ma ka mana o kou mau kiaʻi, ua kipaku ʻia wau.
Hauailiki said, "O Princess, let us kill one another, for a few nights ago I came up and got here without seeing you; we were driven away by the power of your guards,
Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.5
I ia manawa nō, pane mai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “Inā he wahine ʻoe ka mea nāna kēia hano, a laila, e honi nō kāua.”
Then said Laielohelohe, "If you are a woman who sounds the flute, then let us two kiss."
Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.2
I ia wā, hoʻomaka maila kēlā e hoʻokō e like me kāna ʻōlelo mua ma ka honi ʻana o lāua.
Then she started to kiss her.
Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.3
A no ka hahai ʻana mai o Lāʻielohelohe e honi me Maliʻo, ʻī aku ʻo Maliʻo, “Alia kāua e honi.
And as the girl was about to give the promised kiss, Malio said, "Let our kiss wait,
A hiki lākou i Kaʻuiki, ua hala loa akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mā i Honokalani.
and they came to Kauwiki; Kekalukaluokewa and his companion had gone on to Honokalani;
Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.1
I ia hele ʻana a lākou a hiki i Kaʻuiki, ua ahiahi naʻe, nīnau akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i nā kamaʻāina i ka lōʻihi o kahi i koe a hiki i Honokalani, kahi a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana me Hinaikamalama, ʻōlelo mai ke kamaʻāina, “Napoʻo ka lā, hiki,” a hele akula lākou, me ke kamaʻāina pū.
On their arrival at Kauwiki, that afternoon, Laielohelohe asked a native of the place how much farther it was to Honokalani, where Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama were staying. Said the native, "You can arrive by sundown." They went on, accompanied by the natives,
Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.2
A mōlehulehu, hiki akula lākou i Honokalani, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele aku e nānā i ka noho ʻana o nā aliʻi.
and at dusk reached Honokalani; there Laielohelohe sent the natives to see where the
chiefs were staying.
Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.2
Huli akula ke alo i Kaʻuiki, nānā akula iā Kahalaʻoaka, a ʻo ke kau mai a ke ao i luna pono o Honokalani, i ia manawa, he mea ʻē ka māʻeʻele o ke aliʻi wahine i ke aloha no kāna ipo, a laila, oli aʻela ʻo ia he wahi mele penei:
with her face turned toward Kauwiki, facing Kahalaoaka, and as the clouds rested there right above Honokalani then the heart of the princess was benumbed with love for her lover; then she chanted a little song, as follows:
Ch.33 p.180 para.2 sent.3
Uhi pono aʻela i uka o Honokalani,
Right over the heights of Honokalani.
Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.1
ʻIke maila kāna kāne i ka maikaʻi o ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi wahine, kū aʻela lāua, a hoʻi akula i Honokalani.
Her husband saw that the princess was right; they arose and returned to Honokalani
Honokaʻope (1)
Ch.5 p.31 para.7 sent.1
Holo akula kā lākou nei a kau i Honokaʻope ma Waipiʻo, ma laila aku a waho o Pāʻauhau, nānā aʻela lākou, e kū ana ka ʻeʻa o ka lepo o uka.
They sailed and touched at Honokaape at Waipio, then came off Paauhau and saw a cloud of dust rising landward.
Honoliʻi (5)
Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.2
I ia hele ʻana, hiki lākou i Honoliʻi.
and came to Honolii,
Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.3
Ua hiki mua ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Honoliʻi.
where Aiwohikupua's party had already arrived.
Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.1
Iā lākou ma Honoliʻi i ia pō, kūkā ihola lākou e moe kekahi poʻe a e ala hoʻokahi, a holo ia mea iā lākou.
At Honolii that night they arranged that the others should sleep and a single one keep watch, and to this all consented.
Ch.11 p.57 para.3 sent.1
I ia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele aku ai i nā kaikuahine ma Honoliʻi a lawe pū aku iā Kahalaomāpuana, nui loa ihola ke aloha a me ka uē ʻana no ko lākou kaikaina.
When Aiwohikupua's party forsook his sisters at Honolii and took Kahalaomapuana with them, the girls mourned for love of their younger sister,
Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ko lākou kūkā ʻana no lākou iho, haʻalele lākou iā Honoliʻi, hoʻi akula a uka o Paliuli ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, noho ihola lākou ma loko o nā pūhā lāʻau.
After their council they left Honolii and returned to the uplands of Paliuli, to a place near Laieikawai's house, and lived there inside of hollow trees.
Honopuʻuwaiakua (2)
Ch.29 p.159 para.6 sent.3
Hoʻokahi lā o kona noho ʻana me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma Honopuʻuwaiakua, mai kona hoʻi ʻana aku mai kaʻapuni, hiki mai ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma mua aʻe nei i hōʻike ʻia ma nēia mokuna.
He had been back one day with his daughters at Honopuwaiakua when Kahalaomapuana arrived, as described in the chapter before.
Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.1
A ma kekahi pō aʻe, i ka mahina e kōnane ʻoluʻolu ana, i ka wā hapa o ka laʻi, kuʻu ʻia maila kekahi ānuenue i ʻūlili ʻia mai luna mai o ka mahina a hiki i lalo nei i ka wā e kūpono ana ka mahina i luna pono o Honopuʻuwaiakua.
And the next night when the moon shone bright, at the time when its light decreased, a rainbow was let down, fastened to the moon and reaching to the earth; when the moon was directly over Honopuwaiakua,
Honopūwai (1)
Ch.18 p.91 para.1 sent.2
Hoʻi aʻela lākou a noho ma Kauaʻi i uka o Honopūwai.
and they returned and lived in Kauai, in the uplands of Honopuwai.
Honopūwaiakua (5)
Ch.26 p.135 para.4 sent.2
E lawe koke aku iā lākou ma kēia pō nō i Kauaʻi, a hoʻonoho i nā pali o Hāʻena i uka o Honopūwaiakua.”
carry them at once to Kauai, this very night, and let them dwell on the cliff's of Haena in the uplands of Honopuwaiakua."
Ch.26 p.136 para.3 sent.2
I ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma uka o Honopūwaiakua, a he mau lā ko lākou ma laila, he mea mau i ua makāula nei ke kaʻahele i kekahi manawa.
Many days the seer lived here with his daughter above Honopuwaiakua. At one time the seer made one of his customary journeys.
Ch.26 p.139 para.1 sent.4
ʻAʻole naʻe i ʻike hou ʻia ma ia hope iho i Wailua, hoʻi akula lākou a noho i Honopūwaiakua.
nor was he seen again after that at Wailua; they returned and dwelt at Honopuwaiakua.
Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.6
Hanu aʻela i nā mauna, aia hoʻi, e noho ana i Honopūwaiakua.
sniffed inland; there they were, living at Honopuwaiakua,
Ch.30 p.165 para.3 sent.2
A pau nā lā he ʻumi, hiki aku ka makāula i Honopūwaiakua.
After ten days the seer returned to Honopuwaiakua;
Honouliuli (3)
Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.4
A hiki kēia i Honouliuli, ʻike akula ua makāula nei i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i uka i Wahiawā.
and Honouliuli, where he saw the rainbow arching over Wahiawa;
Ch.22 p.115 para.6 sent.1
Ma ka manaʻo paʻa o Waka, ua holo maila ʻo ia a hiki i Oʻahu nei, ma Honouliuli, kau nā waʻa.
According to her determination, Waka sailed to Oahu, where the canoes landed at Honouliuli
Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.3
A mākaukau lākou e hoʻi, haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau, hiki mua lākou i Oʻahu nei ma Honouliuli, a lawe aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa me lākou i Kauaʻi.
When they were ready to return, they left Keaau, went first to Honouliuli on Oahu and there took Kapukaihaoa with them to Kauai;
No ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei māua i kou kauoha honua ʻana, me he mea lā, e hele loa ana ʻoe?”
for it looks from your charge as if you were to be away for good."
Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.”
And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle."
Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.2
Akā, ua hāʻupu honua aʻe ka makāula, me he mea lā, ʻo kāna mea e ukali nei, a no kēia mea, neʻeneʻe loa akula ka makāula a kokoke, paʻa akula ma ka lima o kahi kanaka a huki malū akula iā ia.
So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the arm, and drew him quietly after him.
Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.5
A no ka ʻike ʻana aku o Kahalaomāpuana i kēia mau mea, a he mea kupanaha ia i mua o ke kaikamahine malihini, hāʻule akula ʻo ia i ka honua me ka naʻau ʻeʻehia.
And when Kahalaomapuana saw this, then it seemed marvelous to the stranger girl, and she fell to the ground with trembling heart.
Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.2
Iā lākou naʻe i ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua pūʻiwa koke lākou a holo akula me ka haʻalulu ʻeʻehia a pau loa lākou i ka hāʻule i ka honua, koe naʻe ʻo Kahalaomāpuana.
But when they actually saw Laieikawai, then they were filled with dread, and all except Kahalaomapuana ran trembling with fear and fell to the ground.
Ch.14 p.73 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa; hāʻule akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ka honua me ka naʻau ʻeʻehia.
then Hauailiki fell to the earth with trembling heart.
I nānā iho ka hana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā i ke a lalo o ua moʻo nei e ʻeku ana i ka honua me he ʻōʻō palau lā, a laila, he mea weliweli iā lāua i ka nānā aku, maopopo ihola iā lāua, ua pau ko lākou poʻe kānaka i ka make.
Snipe and his companion looked down at the lower jaw of the lizard plowing the earth like a shovel, and it was a fearful thing to see. It was plain their fellows must all be dead,
Honuaʻula (6)
Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.3
A haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki lākou i Keoneʻōʻio ma Honuaʻula, a ma laila i noho lōʻihi ai, ʻekolu anahulu, no ka mea, ua nui ka ʻino ma ka moana.
and they left the place, went to Keoneoio in Honuaula, and there they stayed 30 days. For it was very rough weather on the ocean;
Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.5
I ia manawa ko lākou haʻalele ʻana iā Honuaʻula a holo akula a hiki ma Kaʻelehuluhulu ma Kona, Hawaiʻi.
Then they left Honuaula and sailed and came to Kaelehuluhulu, at Kona, Hawaii.
Ch.25 p.133 para.10 sent.1
Ma ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, kau akula lākou ma luna o nā waʻa, a holo akula a kau ma Honuaʻula i Maui, a mai laila aku a Lahaina, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, i Molokaʻi.
Early in the morning of the next day they went on board the canoe and sailed and rested at Honuaula on Maui, and from there to Lahaina, and the next day to Molokai;
Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.1
Holo akula ʻo ia ma nā waʻa a pae ma Honuaʻula, i laila, lohe lākou, ʻo Hinaikamalama ka wahine a Kekalukaluokēwā; ʻaʻole naʻe i ʻike ko Honuaʻula poʻe, ʻo kā Kekalukaluokēwā wahine kēia.
She sailed by canoe and came to Honuaula; there they heard that Hinaikamalama was Kekalukaluokewa's wife; the Honuaula people did not know that this was his wife.
Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.3
A laila, hoʻomaopopo ʻia maila ka lohe mua o lākou i Honuaʻula, a ma laila aku lākou a kau nā waʻa ma Kapōhue.
There was substantiated the news they heard first at Honuaula, and there they beached the canoe at Kapohue,
I loko o kēia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomāpuana, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ʻAiwohikupua naʻau i ke aloha nui, a kāhea aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻoemi hope nā waʻa, akā, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i hope no ka ikaika loa o ka holo o nā waʻa.
Dining this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men paddling,
E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia.
by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one.
Akā, i ka hoʻohālike ʻana, kiola akula ka mua i kāna i mua o ko lākou kaikunāne, ʻike akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka mua, he mea kāhāhā loa iā ia, no laila, momoku malū aʻela ʻo ia i kāna i loko o kona ʻaʻahu, akā, ua ʻike akula kona kaikunāne i kāna hana, ʻī akula, “E Kahalaomāpuana, mai hana malū ʻoe!
But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, "Kahalaomapuana, no fooling!
Ch.34 p.189 para.3 sent.1
(Ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma kēia kaʻao, ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā ka lapu mua ma kēia mau moku, a ma ona lā nā lapu e ʻauana nei i kēia mau lā, ma ka hoʻohālike ʻana i ke ʻano o ka lapu, he ʻuhane ʻino.)
(In this story it is told how Kaonohiokala was the first ghost on these islands, and from his day to this, the ghosts wander from place to place, and they resemble evil spirits in their nature.)
A no ko lākou makemake nui e ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai, hoʻohālua mau lākou i kēlā lā kēia lā a nui nā lā o lākou i hoʻohālua ai.
And because they wished so much to see Laieikawai they spied out for her from day to day, and after many days of spying
Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.3
ʻAʻole lākou i ʻike iki no kā lākou mea e hoʻohālua nei, no ka mea, ua paʻa mau ka puka o ka hale i nā lā a pau.
they had not had the least sight of her, for every day the door was fast closed.
Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kahi a lāua e hoʻohālua ana no Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻaʻole naʻe lāua i ʻike i ke kāne a ke kupuna wahine i makemake ai.
As Laieikawai and her companion spied out for Kekalukahiokewa, they did not know which man the grandmother wanted.
Ch.23 p.121 para.9 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a Maliʻo, hele akula ʻo Halaaniani e hoʻohālua mau ma waho o ko Lāʻielohelohe hale me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia mai, kokoke ʻalua anahulu kona hoʻohālua ʻana, a laila, ʻike ʻo ia i kā Lāʻielohelohe hana, he kui lehua.
At these words of Malio, Halaaniani went to spy outside of Laielohelohe's house without being seen; almost twice ten days he lay in wait; then he saw Laielohelohe stringing lehua blossoms.
Ch.23 p.122 para.7 sent.2
Hoʻi akula lāua ma ko lāua wahi, a ma kekahi kakahiaka aʻe, hiki hou nō lāua i kahi mua a lāua i hoʻohālua ai.
The two returned home, and very early in the morning, they came again to the same place where they lay in ambush before.
Ch.24 p.125 para.3 sent.1
A he mea mau hoʻi i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ka iho i kai o Keaʻau e hoʻohālua ai no kā lākou kāne, no ka make, a make ʻole paha.
Now Aiwohikupua's sisters were wont to go down to the sea at Keaau to keep watch for their husband, to make sure if he were dead or not.
A komo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe a noho ihola ma ke poʻo o lāua (Kekalukaluokēwā mā), honi ihola i ka ihu a uē malū ihola i loko ona, akā, ua hoʻohanini ʻia nā māpuna waimaka o Lāʻielohelohe no ka ʻike ʻana iho, he wahine ʻē kā kāna kāne.
Laielohelohe entered and sat down at their head, kissed him and wept quietly over him; but the fountain of her tears overflowed when she saw another woman sleeping by her husband,
A no laila, ke noi mau aku nei kāu mau kauā mai ʻae ʻoe iā mākou e hoʻohaumia me kekahi mau kānaka e like me ka makemake o ke aliʻi.
and so we, your servants, beseech you not to defile us with any man, according to the princess's pleasure,
Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.2
Eia ke kauoha, “Iho ʻoe i kēia lā a hui ʻoe me Kekalukaluokēwā, hoʻi mai ʻolua a uka nei a laʻa ko kino, a laila, kiʻi aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, naʻu nō e mālama i kou pāʻū no ka hoʻohaumia ʻana iā ʻoe.”
"Go, to-day, and meet Kekalukaluokewa, then return to the uplands, you two, and after your flesh has become defiled come to me; I will take care of you until the pollution is past."
Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.4
Hoʻi akula ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ʻino no kēlā kaikamahine, me ka manaʻo e kiʻi e hoʻohaumia.
He returned with his mind fixed upon doing a mischief to the girl, determined to get her and pollute her.
Ch.22 p.117 para.7 sent.1
I ia lā nō, iā lāua e noho pono ana me Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Halaaniani e kiʻi e hoʻohaumia iā Lāʻielohelohe.
As he was at that time living on good terms with Laieikawai, [Halaaniani was thinking of a way to get and pollute Laielohelohe.]
Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.2
Mai manaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu ʻōlelo ʻana e kau wale ʻoukou ma luna o kuʻu waʻa, e hoʻohaumia aku ana au iā ʻoukou, akā, ʻo koʻu makemake, e lilo ʻoukou i mau kaikamāhine naʻu, me he mau kaikamāhine ponoʻī lā, i lilo ai ʻoukou i mea nāna e hoʻokaulana i koʻu inoa.
Do not suppose I have asked you on board my canoe in order to defile you; but my wish is to take you all as my daughters; such daughters as you can make my name famous,
Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.1
“Inā i uē ʻolua, a i pau ka uē ʻana a i nīnau mai iā ʻoe i ke kapa ona aʻu i lawe mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, aia iā ʻoe, a e hilahila kēlā me ka menemene iā ʻoe i ko haumia ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole āna mea nui ʻē aʻe e uku mai ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia i kona maʻi.
"If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great enough to recompense you for your defilement,
Iā ia i hiki aku ai, peʻe ihola ma kahi kokoke i ke kiʻowai, ʻaʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho, hiki ana ka makuahine, a wehe i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia, a lele akula i loko o ka wai.
When she arrived, she hid close to the water hole; not long after, the mother came, took off her polluted clothes and sprang into the water.
Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike aku ai i kona kaikunāne, ua like nā maka me ka uila, a ʻo kona ʻili a me kona kino a puni, ua like me ke okooko o ke kapuahi hoʻoheʻeheʻe hao.
When Kahalaomapuana looked upon her brother his eyes were like lightning and his skin all over his body was like the heat of the furnace where iron is melted.
Akā, ua lohe ʻoe i kaʻu hoʻohiki paʻa ʻana, ʻaʻole au e lawe mai i kekahi wahine o kēia mau moku i wahine naʻu.”
but you have heard my vow not to take any woman of these islands to wife."
Ch.4 p.25 para.3 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻī aku kona kuhina, “Ua laʻa ʻoe no kēlā hoʻohiki āu, a laila, e aho naʻu ka wahine a kāua.”
At these words his counsellor said, "You are bound by that vow of yours; better, therefore, that this woman be mine."
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.2
Aia a hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻohiki wau ma mua o kuʻu holo ʻana mai nei, ʻaʻole wau e launa me kekahi o nā wāhine ʻē aʻe.
not until I return from my journey about Hawaii; for I vowed before sailing hither to know no woman
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.5
ʻAʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hana iki i kekahi mea pono ʻole e keʻakeʻa ai i kā kāua hoʻohiki.
not to consent to any others, not to do the least thing to disturb our compact;
Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.1
“A no kāu noi, e ke Aliʻi,” wahi a Poliʻahu, “e lawe wau iā ʻoe i kāne naʻu, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe me ka nīnau aku, ʻaʻole anei ʻo ʻoe ke aliʻi i kū i luna a hoʻohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau akua ʻaʻole ʻoe e lawe i hoʻokahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni mai Hawaiʻi nei a Kauaʻi; aia kāu wahine lawe no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea?
"As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu. "I will take you for my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife — only a woman who conies from Moaulanuiakea?
Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.4
A no kāu noi mai e lawe kāua iā kāua i mau mea hoʻohui, no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, aia a hoʻopau ʻoe i kāu hoʻohiki mua, a laila, ʻaʻole naʻu e lawe iā ʻoe.
And as to your wishing our union, I assure you, until you have made an end of your first vow it is not my part to take you,
Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.”
but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united."
Inā i hiki kākou i Kauaʻi, mai ʻōlelo ʻoukou i Hawaiʻi aku nei kākou i ka ʻimi wahine o lilo auaneʻi ia i mea hoʻohilahila iaʻu.
when you come to Kauai, do not say that you have been to Hawaii to seek a wife lest I be shamed:
Ch.22 p.117 para.3 sent.3
E hana i pāpaʻi kilu, ma laila e hoʻohilahila aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, i ʻike ai ʻo ia i ka ʻino o kāna hana.”
make a kilu, shelter; there disgrace Laieikawai, that she may see what wrong she has done.
Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.1
A lohe ʻo Waka i kēia pihe ʻuā, a laila, hiki maila ʻo Waka i mua o ka ʻaha, a kū maila i waenakonu o ke anaina, a hoʻopuka maila i ʻōlelo hoʻohilahila no Lāʻieikawai.
When Waka heard the sound of shouting, then Waka came into the presence of the assembly and stood in the midst of the congregation and taunted Laieikawai.
Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.2
A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia leo hoʻohilahila a Waka iā ia, walania ihola kona naʻau a me nā kaikuahine pū kekahi o ʻAiwohikupua.
When Laieikawai heard Waka's taunts, her heart smarted and the hearts of every one of Aiwohikupua's sisters with her;
Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai mai Keaʻau aku, ma hope iho o kona hoʻohilahila ʻana e Waka, a noho ma ʻOlaʻa, i ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke hōʻoluʻolu aku i ka naʻau kaumaha o ke aliʻi (Lāʻieikawai) no kona hilahila i ka ʻōlelo kumakaia a Waka.
When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and dwelt at Olaa. Then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's reproaches.
Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.2
Hele akula lākou a haʻi akula i kā lākou ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i kūkā ai i mua o Lāʻieikawai me ka ʻī aku, “E ke aliʻi wahine o ka laʻi, ua kūkākūkā aʻe nei mākou i mea e hoʻopau ai i kou naʻau kaumaha no kou hoʻohilahila ʻia, akā, ʻaʻole ʻo ʻoe wale kai kaumaha.
They went and told Laieikawai their decision, saying: ''O princess of peace, we have agreed upon something to relieve your burden of shame, for not you alone bear the burden;
Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.2
E nānā ʻoe i ka ʻōlelo hoʻohilahila a ko kupuna wahine.
I ia manawa, hoʻoholo aʻela ka makāula i kona manaʻo e holo i Oʻahu i maopopo ai iā ia kāna mea e ʻike nei.
Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign which he saw.
Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.2
”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi.
Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai.
Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.1
Iā lākou ma Kīpahulu, hoʻoholo aʻela ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo e hele wāwae ma uka a ma nā waʻa nā kānaka.
At Kipahulu the chief said he would go along the coast afoot and the men by boat.
Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.7
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻoholo koke aʻela ke aliʻi kāne i ka ʻōlelo ʻae.
The chief readily agreed to the princess's words.
Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.11
A no kēia mau ʻōlelo maikaʻi a ke aliʻi wahine i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, hoʻoholo koke aʻela ʻo ia i kona manaʻo ʻae ma ka waha wale nō.
To this jesting offer of the princess, Aiwohikupua readily gave
his word of assent.
Ch.8 p.44 para.5 sent.2
A pau nā waʻa i ka hoʻoponopono a me nā ukana a lākou, i ia wā nō, hoʻolale koke aʻe ana ke aliʻi i nā kaikuahine a me kona kuhina e piʻi i uka o Paliuli, a ua hoʻoholo koke lākou i ia manaʻo o ke aliʻi.
and after putting to rights the canoe and the baggage, the chief at once began urging his sisters
and his counsellor to go up to Paliuli; and they readily assented to the chief's wish.
Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me nā kānaka ma ka hale kahi olonā, i ia manawa i launa ai ka wahine kamaʻāina me Lāʻielohelohe, me ka ʻī aku ma kāna ʻōlelo hoʻohuahualau, “Pehea ko aliʻi kāne?
"While Kekalukaluokewa was in the fiber-combing house with the men, the woman visited with Laielohelohe, and she said mysteriously, ''How is your husband?
Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.14
Naʻu naʻe i hoʻohuahualau aku, a no laila, hū mai koʻu aloha me kaʻu kāne iā ʻoe, hele mai nei wau e haʻi aku iā ʻoe.”
that is my secret: and therefore my husband and I took pity on you and I came to tell you."
A no kāu noi mai e lawe kāua iā kāua i mau mea hoʻohui, no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, aia a hoʻopau ʻoe i kāu hoʻohiki mua, a laila, ʻaʻole naʻu e lawe iā ʻoe.
And as to your wishing our union, I assure you, until you have made an end of your first vow it is not my part to take you,
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.5
A inā i nui mai ka paʻakikī, a laila, e hoʻouna aʻe ʻoe i kekahi manu kiaʻi ou i oʻu lā, a laila, e hele mai au e hoʻohui iā kākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, a naʻu ponoʻī e kipaku aku iā ia.
and if he still insists then despatch one of the guardian birds to me, then we will all meet at the same place, and I myself will drive him away.
Ch.15 p.79 para.5 sent.2
He manawa ʻole, hoʻohui aʻela kēia iā lākou a ʻehā ma ko Mailekaluhea wahi kiaʻi, a ma laila i manaʻo ai lākou e hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua.
in less than no time the four met at the place guarded by Mailekaluhea, where they expected to meet Aiwohikupua.
Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.1
I loko o kēlā manawa, huli pono akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a ʻōlelo aku iā Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi nona kēia ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ua lohe aʻela wau kēia ʻaha, ua ʻume ʻia aʻe nei kāua e ka mea ʻume o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa āu o ke aliʻi no ka hoʻohui ʻana iā kāua no ka manawa pōkole.
And Hinaikamalama turned right around and said to Hauailiki, "O chief of this festal gathering (since I have heard this is all in your honor), your sport master has matched us two, O chief, to bring us together for a little;
Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.3
Ma kēia ʻume hope, haʻi maila ʻo Hinaikamalama i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua hoʻohui ʻia kāua e ka mea ʻume ma ka mea mau o nā ʻaha leʻaleʻa.
This time Hinaikamalama said to Hauailiki, "O chief, we have been matched by the sport master as is usual in this game.
Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.5
I ia pō, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Hinaikamalama no kāna kauoha iā Hauaʻiliki ma hope iho o ko lāua ʻume ʻia ʻana, a ma mua hoʻi o kona hoʻohui ʻana me ʻAiwohikupua.
This night Hinaikamalama remembered her promise to Hauailiki after the game of spin-the-gourd, before she met Aiwohikupua.
I ia manawa a ke kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, hāʻawi maila ʻo Mālaekahana i ka lima hema me ka hoʻohuli ʻia o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
Now, when the priest asked Makaekahana to give him one of her hands she presented the left, with the palm upward.
Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.1
Hoʻohuli aʻela nā mea waʻa i ka waʻa i hope a holo i Oʻahu nei.
The paddlers turned the canoe around and sailed for Oahu.
Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.2
Hoʻohuli hou nā waʻa i hope e ʻimi iā Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa, no laila, haʻalele loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio a hoʻi loa aku i Kauaʻi.
The canoe turned back to recover Kahalaomapuana, but the party did not find her; then Aiwohikupua abandoned his young sister and sailed straight for Kauai.
Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.1
ʻO ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole e hiki iā Lāʻielohelohe ke hoʻomanawanui i kona ukiuki iā Hinaikamalama, no laila, komo akula ʻo ia ma waena o lāua a pale akula iā Hinaikamalama, hoʻohuli maila iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a apo akula i kāna kāne a hoʻāla akula.
Then Laielohelohe did not stay her anger against Hinaikamalama, so she got between them, pushed Hinaikamalama away, took Kekalukaluokewa and embraced him, and wakened him.
I ia manawa a ka waʻa e hoʻi hope nei, hoʻohuoi ihola ka makāula i ka pā ʻana a ka makani ma kona pāpālina, no ka mea, ua maopopo iā ia kahi a ka makani i pā ai i ka holo ʻana mai Oʻahu aku nei; manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ma kai mai ka makani e pā nei.
When the canoe turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, thought he. the wind is blowing from the seaward.
Ch.20 p.104 para.4 sent.1
I ka ʻehā o nā lā hoʻomalu o Lāʻieikawai, he mea hoʻohuoi iā Halaaniani ka nalo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole i hiki hou ma Keaʻau.
During the four days of Laieikawai's retirement Halaaniani brooded jealously over her absence. She came no more to Keaau.
Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.7
Malia o hoʻohuoi lāua i kou pae ʻole, nīnau iho i ke kumu o kou pae ʻole ʻana, a laila, naʻi aku ʻoe no ka maʻa ʻole i ka heʻe ʻana o ka nalu pokopoko.
Maybe they will wonder at your not riding ashore and ask the reason, then you answer you are not accustomed to surfing on the short waves,
Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.3
I kali aʻe ʻoukou a i anahulu māua, mai hoʻohuoi ʻoukou.
ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa ka heahea ʻia mai, no laila, hoʻomaka maila iā Hauaʻiliki ke kaumaha me ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo iki i kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua no ka “paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai.”
he got no call whatever; then Hauailiki first felt discouragement, with the proof of Aiwohikupua's saying about the "stubbornness of Laieikawai."
Ch.26 p.135 para.1 sent.2
Akā hoʻi, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai, naue akula ka makāula ma kahi kaʻawale, a pule akula i kona akua e hōʻoiaʻiʻo mai i ka ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine.
But in order to make sure, the seer withdrew to a distance and prayed to his god lo confirm the girl's story.
Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.3
Ma laila i hōʻoiaʻiʻo ai lāua i ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu.
I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana.
Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean.
Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.2
Noʻu iho nō koʻu ʻike,” wahi a ke aliʻi wahine, “no ka mea, ua hānau kupua ʻia mai wau e like me ʻoe, a ua loaʻa nō iaʻu ka ʻike mai ke akua mai o koʻu mau kūpuna a hoʻoili iaʻu e like me ʻoe.
I knew them for myself," said the princess; "for I was born, like you, with godlike powers, and, like you. my knowledge comes to me from the gods of my fathers, who inspire me;
Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.2
I ia manawa, kū hou maila ka mea ʻume a hoʻoili hou i ka maile ma luna o Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama, a kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki, a kū maila nō hoʻi ʻo Hinaikamalama.
Then the master of ceremonies stood up and touched Hauailiki
and Hinaikamalama with the wand, and Hauailiki arose and Hinaikamalama also.
Ch.34 p.191 para.3 sent.1
I ia manawa, hoʻoili akula ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā i ke aupuni i ka makāula, ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā, ua noho ʻo ia ma kona ʻano akua, a ma ona lā i kūkulu aku ai ka makāula, a me kona hanauna e like me ka ʻōlelo a Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia.
Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her.
A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma Pihanakalani, a ili aʻela ka hoʻoponopono o nā ʻāina a me ke aupuni iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a hoʻolilo ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, ʻo ia ke kolu o ka hoʻoilina o ka noho aliʻi.
and they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir to the chief's seat.
I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo.
While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble.
Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai ko ke aliʻi wahine wahi e ʻauʻau ana, a laila, pane akula ke aliʻi wahine, “E nā aliʻi!
When Aiwohikupua and his companion had put some distance between themselves and the princess's bathing place, the princess called, "O chiefs,
Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.2
E hoʻokaʻawale mai koʻu wahi, kaʻawale aku ko ʻolua wahi.
let me be alone, apart from you two,
Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.3
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana i ka wanaʻao, hoʻokaʻawale lākou i ka wahine noho mauna, a holo akula a hiki i Hāna a hālāwai me Hinaikamalama.
When their talk was ended, at the approach of day, they parted from the woman of the mountain and sailed and came to Hana and met Hinaikamalama.
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.7
A pau aʻela kā lākou kūkā ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻokaʻawale lākou iā lākou iho e like me ma mua, ʻoiai, e kiaʻi ana lākou i ke aliʻi.
After all the council had assented they stationed themselves at a distance from each other to guard the princess as before.
Ma kēlā ʻōlelo a Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, e piʻi e hālāwai me Maliʻo, iā lāua i hoʻokaʻawale ai ma hope iho o kā Halaaniani kauoha ʻana iā ia, piʻi akula ʻo ia a hālāwai pū me Maliʻo.
When Halaaniani told Laieikawai he was going up to see Malio, this was in order to get away from her after giving her his commands. The fellow went up and met Malio.
A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Hāna mai Kohala aku ma hope iho o ko lākou hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā Poliʻahu, ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo ko lākou hiki mua ʻana ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana.
When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala. his boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, where Hinaikamalama was living.
Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.3
Ma hope iho o kona hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā ʻAiwohikupua, hele aku ʻo ia a noho ma ka hale kamaʻāina.
After leaving Aiwohikupua, she came and stayed at the house of a native of the place.
Iā lāua me Lāʻielohelohe e hālāwai lā, noi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻokaʻawale ʻia nā mea ʻē aʻe, a ma kona ʻano mea nui, ua hoʻokaʻawale ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine mau ʻaialo.
When the two met, Kaonohiokala asked Laielohelohe to separate herself from the rest, and at the high chief's command the princess's retainers withdrew.
Ch.33 p.178 para.6 sent.3
I ia manawa, hoʻokaʻawale ʻia aʻela kona huhū mai ona aku, a pani ʻia ihola ka hilahila a me ka makaʻu ma ka hakahaka o ka huhū.
Then her rage left her and shame and fear took the place of rage.
I ke kokoke ʻana aku i ua lā nui nei, iho akula ʻo Waka mai Paliuli aku e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā: “ʻApōpō, i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, e kuahaua ʻoe i nā kānaka a pau a me kou aloaliʻi e hele aku ma kahi āu i hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻokahakahaka.
When the great day drew near, Waka went down from Paliuli to meet Kekalukaluokewa, and Waka said to Kekalukaluokewa: "To- morrow at sunrise call together all the people and the chiefs of the household to the place prepared for the celebration;
Ma mua aʻe naʻe o ko ka makāula holo ʻana mai, ua hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo ia hoʻokahi puaʻa hiwa, he moa lawa a me ka iʻa ʻula.
Before the seer sailed, he first got ready a black pig, a white fowl, and a red fish.
Ch.2 p.9 para.5 sent.1
ʻŌlelo maila ka mea waʻa, “Ke ʻae nei wau e kau pū ʻolua me aʻu ma ka waʻa, akā, hoʻokahi nō hewa, ʻo koʻu kōkoʻolua ʻole e hiki ai ka waʻa.”
Said the canoe man: "I will take you both with me in the canoe; the only trouble is I have no mate to paddle the canoe."
Ch.4 p.23 para.3 sent.1
Hoʻokahi pō, hoʻokahi ao o ka moe ʻana, mama ka ʻona ʻawa o ke aliʻi.
A night and a day the chief slept while the effects of the awa lasted.
Ch.4 p.23 para.6 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ia manawa, hoʻomau akula ke aliʻi i ka inu ʻawa a hala nā lā he nui; ua like paha me hoʻokahi makahiki.
After this the chief kept on drinking awa many days, perhaps a year,
Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.3
Kainoa hoʻi he wehe ko ke kapa, lele iho hoʻi he wai, hoʻokahi hoʻi ka ʻauʻau ʻana o kākou, hoʻi aku he hale a moe, he ʻai nō, he iʻa nō hoʻi a he wahi moe nō hoʻi.
Why not throw off your garment, jump in, and join us, then go to the house and sleep? There is fish and a place to sleep.
Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.2
Hoʻokahi nō kumu pili māmā loa, ʻo ia nā kino nō o kāua.
Ua hoʻokō ʻia nō naʻe e like me ke kauoha, ua noho ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma Paliuli a hiki i kona hoʻokanaka makua ʻana.
The command was carried out. Laieikawai dwelt at Paliuli until she was grown to maidenhood.
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.3
Inā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai he mau wāhine maikaʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi au e hāʻawi i koʻu kino e komo aku ma ke ʻano kolohe, he ʻole loa nō, no ka mea, he kanaka hana pono ʻole ʻia wau e nā wāhine mai koʻu wā ʻōpiopio mai a hiki i koʻu hoʻokanaka makua ʻana.
no matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by women from my youth up.
Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.3
A i ka ʻekolu makahiki o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā huakaʻi mākaʻi i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokanaka makua loa aʻela kāna wahine ʻōpio (Lāʻielohelohe), a laila, ua piʻi mai a māhuahua ka wahine maikaʻi, a ʻoi aʻe ma mua o kona kaikuaʻana ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
and after three years of going below to see after his sisters, lo! Laielohelohe was fullgrown and her beauty had increased and surpassed that of her sister, Laieikawai's.
I ka lima o ka pō, ʻo ia ko Kahalaomāpuana pō, ʻo ka hope loa nō hoʻi ia, hoʻā ihola ke ahi, a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hana ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana he pū lāʻī a hoʻokani akula.
On the fifth night, Kahalaomapuana's night, the last night of all, they lighted the fire, and at midnight Kahalaomapuana made a trumpet of a ti leaf and played on it.
Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.3
A ma ka pili o ke ao, hoʻokani hou akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī e like me ke kani mua ʻana, a laila, ua lilo ihola nō ia i mea leʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi.
And just before daylight Kahalaomapuana played again on her ti leaf trumpet as before, then this delighted the princess.
Ch.11 p.58 para.6 sent.1
I ka lua o ka pō, hana hou nō ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna hana, ma ka pili naʻe o ke ahiahi kāna hoʻomaka ʻana e hoʻokani.
The second night Kahalaomapuana did the same thing again; she began early in the evening to play,
Ch.11 p.58 para.7 sent.1
Ma ka pili o ka wanaʻao o ia pō nō, ka lua ia o ka hoʻokani ʻana.
Just before daylight that night she, played a second time.
Ch.11 p.61 para.5 sent.2
“Hoʻokani ʻia ana!”
"play it."
Ch.11 p.61 para.6 sent.1
Lālau aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī ma kona pepeiao, hoʻokani akula i mua o ke aliʻi, a laila, ua hoʻoleʻaleʻa ʻia ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
Kahalaomapuana took her ti leaf trumpet from behind her ear, and played before the princess; then Laieikawai was delighted.
A no ka lilo loa o ko Lāʻieikawai manawa i ka ʻoliʻoli no ka mea kani leʻaleʻa a ke kaikamahine, a laila, kēnā aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kaikamahine e hoʻokani hou, ʻī akula ke kaikamahine, “ʻAʻole e kani ke hoʻokani hou, no ka mea, ua mālamalama loa.
Now, Laieikawai became fascinated with the merry instrument upon which the girl played, so she bade her sound it again. Said the girl, '' I can not sound it again, for it is now daylight,
I kekahi awakea, i ko ke aliʻi manawa ala mai ka hiamoe mai, hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e hoʻoleʻaleʻa i ke aliʻi ma ka hoʻokanikani ʻana i ka pū lāʻī a pau ko ke aliʻi makemake.
One afternoon, just as the princess woke from sleep, came Kahalaomapuana to amuse the princess by playing on the trumpet until the princess wished it no longer.
Makemake nō ʻo ia e hoʻokāʻokoʻa iā ia, ʻo ia wale nō ma ka nalu ʻokoʻa i kumu e ʻike mai ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai no kona akamai i ka heʻe nalu; malia o makemake ʻia mai ʻo ia.
He wished to make himself conspicuous on a separate breaker, in order that Laieikawai should see his skill in surf riding and maybe take a liking to him.
A laila, kupu aʻela ka manaʻo ʻano ʻē i loko ona e hele e hoʻokaulana iā Molokaʻi a puni no kēia mea āna e ʻiʻini nei.
Then the thought sprang up within him to go and spread the news around Molokai of this person whom he longed after.
Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.2
Mai manaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu ʻōlelo ʻana e kau wale ʻoukou ma luna o kuʻu waʻa, e hoʻohaumia aku ana au iā ʻoukou, akā, ʻo koʻu makemake, e lilo ʻoukou i mau kaikamāhine naʻu, me he mau kaikamāhine ponoʻī lā, i lilo ai ʻoukou i mea nāna e hoʻokaulana i koʻu inoa.
Do not suppose I have asked you on board my canoe in order to defile you; but my wish is to take you all as my daughters; such daughters as you can make my name famous,
ʻO ke kumu nui o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā manaʻo nui e hoʻokawale iā Kahalaomāpuana i Keʻalohilani, i mea e nalo ai kona kalohe iā Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, aia kekahi ʻike iā ia.
The great reason why Kaonohiokala wished to separate Kahalao-
mapuana in Kealohilani was to hide his evil doings with Laielohelohe, for Kahalaomapuana was the only one
Iā lākou e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, lele akula ka makāula ma hope o ka waʻa, a lilo ihola iā ia ka hoʻokele.
As he spoke, the seer sprang to the stern of the canoe, took charge of the steering,
Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.1
A i ka wanaʻao, i ka puka ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, kau akula ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, nā hoe waʻa he ʻumikumamāono, nā hoʻokele ʻelua, he iwakālua ko lākou nui ma luna o nā kaulua, a holo akula.
And in the early morning at the rising of the canoe-steering star the chief went on board with his counsellor and his sixteen paddlers and two steersmen, twenty of them altogether in the double canoe, and set sail.
Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.3
A hekau ihola nā wāʻa o lākou, piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a me kona kuhina, a me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, ʻehā ko lākou nui o ka piʻi ʻana.
they made the canoe fast, and Aiwohikupua, with his counsellor and the two steersmen, four in number, went ashore.
Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.1
I ka lehulehu e lulumi ana no ka make o Ihuanu, ko lākou pūkaua, a e uē ana hoʻi, hele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a ʻoki aʻela i ke poʻo o Ihuanu a me ka lāʻau pālau a Ihuanu, a kiola akula i kona mau hoʻokele.
As the host were crowding about the dead body of their champion and wailing, Aiwohikupua came and cut off Cold-nose's head with the man's own war club and threw it contemptuously to his followers:
Ch.5 p.31 para.9 sent.1
ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?”
Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?"
Ch.5 p.32 para.2 sent.1
A no kēia mea, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hekau nā waʻa, a lele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona kuhina aku me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, piʻi akula lākou nei a hiki i ka ʻaha mokomoko.
So Aiwohikupua instantly gave orders to anchor the canoe, and Aiwohikupua landed with his counsellor and the two steersmen, and they went up to the boxing match:
Noho malihini ihola lākou iā Keaʻau a ahiahi, kauoha mua ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa e noho mālie a hoʻi mai lāua mai kā lāua huakaʻi ʻimi wahine mai, ʻoiai, ʻo lākou wale nō.
The strangers remained at Keaau until evening, then Aiwohikupua ordered the steersmen and rowers to stay quietly until the two of them returned from their search for a wife, only they two alone.
I loko o kēia manawa, lohe pono loa akula ke aliʻi nui o Molokaʻi i kēia leo, a laila, hoʻōki aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha i lohe ʻia aku ai ka ʻōlelo a kēia kanaka malihini e kūhea nei, no ka mea, i loko o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i ka ʻoliʻoli me ke ʻano pīhoihoi.
Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and gladness.
Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.3
ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i pauaho a hoʻōki i kona manaʻo paʻa.
nevertheless he was not discouraged into dropping the quest.
Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.1
A make ihola ʻo Ihuanu, hele maila kona mau hoa e waiho ana, nā mea hoʻi nāna i ʻōlelo mai e hoʻōki ka hakakā me ka nīnau iho, “E Ihuanu!
When Cold-nose was dead his supporters came to where he was lying, those who had warned him to end the fight, and cried, "Aha! Cold-nose,
Ch.23 p.121 para.3 sent.4
A no kēia mea, hoʻōki loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna uē ʻana, hoʻi akula lākou i uka o Paliuli.
Then Laieikawai stopped wailing, and they returned to Paliuli.
E ʻike auaneʻi ka ʻāina i ka luku nui ma ia hope iho, a nāna e kāʻili aku i ka poʻe hoʻokiʻekiʻe mai ka ʻāina aku, a laila, no kākou ka pōmaikaʻi a me kā kākou pua aku.”
Afterwards the earth shall behold a great destruction and shall see all the haughty snatched away out of the land; then we shall be blessed, and our seed."
A no kēia ʻōlelo, hoʻoholo aʻela nā kaikamāhine malihini na ko lākou kaikaina e hoʻopuka kā lākou ʻōlelo pane aku i ke aliʻi, “E ke Aliʻi ē, pōmaikaʻi mākou no kou hoʻokipa ʻana iā mākou, a pōmaikaʻi hoʻi mākou no kou lawe ʻana aʻe iā mākou i mau hoahānau nou.
To these conditions the stranger girls agreed: the younger sister answered the princess for them all: "O princess, we are happy that you receive us; happy, too, that you take us to be your sisters
Ua hoʻokō ʻia nō naʻe e like me ke kauoha, ua noho ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma Paliuli a hiki i kona hoʻokanaka makua ʻana.
The command was carried out. Laieikawai dwelt at Paliuli until she was grown to maidenhood.
Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.4
Ma kāu hana e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai a e hoʻokō ai hoʻi, ma ka mea kūpono naʻe o ka hoʻokō aku.
and will do whatever you tell me just as we have agreed,
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.3
Aia nō a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a laila, hana wau e like me kuʻu makemake, e like me kā kāua e kamaʻilio nei, a ʻo ia hoʻi ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kou makemake.
until I had made the circuit of Hawaii; after that I will do what you please as we have agreed.
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.6
A hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi mākaʻikaʻi mai, a laila, e hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili o ka wahine aliʻi.
and when I return from sight-seeing, then the princess's stake shall be paid.
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.7
Inā i hoʻi mai wau, ʻaʻole ʻoe i maluhia, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe i hoʻokō i kaʻu mau kauoha, a laila, ʻo ka pau nō ia.”
If when I return you have not remained pure, not obeyed my commands, then there is an end of it."
ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?”
Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?"
I ia manawa ka hoʻokō ʻana a ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō i ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Poliʻahu.
and resolved to carry out the commands of Poliahu.
Ch.19 p.96 para.2 sent.4
ʻApōpō, ma ke awakea, a laila, ʻo ia ka hoʻokō ʻana o ka hoʻohiki a kāua.”
to-morrow at noon, then we will carry out the vow."
Ch.19 p.96 para.4 sent.2
I loko o kā lāua manawa i hoʻomaka ai no ka hoʻokō ʻana i ka hoʻohiki, a laila, ua pono ʻole ia mea i ko Poliʻahu manaʻo.
As those to reposed accordingly, Poliahu was displeased.
Ch.32 p.175 para.5 sent.1
Iā lāua e hui ana ma ka makemake o ke aliʻi kāne, i ia manawa, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no ka mea, ʻaʻole nō ʻo ke aliʻi wahine makemake iki e hana i ka hewa me ke aliʻi nui o luna, aia hoʻi, ma muli o ka ʻonou a kona mea nāna i mālama wale nō ka hoʻokō ʻana .
When they met at the chief's wish, Laielohelohe did not love Kaonohiokala, for the princess did not wish to commit sin with the great chief from the heavens, but to satisfy her guardian's greed.
Ma ka pō ʻana iho, piʻi akula nā kānaka he ʻumi a ke aliʻi i wae aʻe e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻo ka hope kuhina ka ʻumikumamākahi ma muli o ka hoʻokohu a ke kuhina nui i hope nona.
That night the ten men chosen by the chief went up to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and the assistant counsellor made the eleventh in place of the chief counsellor.
Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.2
A no kēia mea, wae hou aʻela ke aliʻi he mau kānaka he iwakālua e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine, ma ka poʻe ikaika wale nō, a hoʻokohu akula ke kuhina i hope kuhina nona e hele pū me nā koa.
So the chief again chose a party of warriors, twenty of them, from the strongest of his men, to go up and destroy the sisters; and the counsellor appointed an assistant counsellor to go for him with the men.
I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa e hoʻokokoke ʻāina aku nā waʻa, no ka mea, ua makemake ke aliʻi e ʻike i ke kumu o kēia ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka.
Then Aiwohikupua ordered the boatmen to paddle inshore, for he wanted to see why the crowd was gathering.
Ch.14 p.75 para.2 sent.2
Iā Hauaʻiliki mā e hoʻokokoke aku ana ma ka nuku o ka muliwai ʻo Wailua, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā ʻAiwohikupua, kāhea akula, “Ua eo wau iā ʻoe.”
As Hauailiki and his party were nearing the mouth of the river at Wailua, he saw Aiwohikupua and called out, "I have lost."
Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1
A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua.
When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle.
Ch.15 p.79 para.3 sent.1
Kuhi ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻomāʻakaʻaka, hoʻomāʻauea, hoʻomaka hou akula lāua e hoʻokokoke i o Mailehaʻiwale, kipaku hou maila nō ke kiaʻi.
Aiwohikupua supposed this was in sport; both again began to approach Mailehaiwale; again the guardian told them to go.
Ch.20 p.104 para.4 sent.2
Iā Halaaniani i hoʻokokoke mai ai ma kahi o nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau, lohe ihola ʻo ia, e lilo ana ua Lāʻieikawai nei iā Kekalukaluokēwā.
In the village he heard that Laieikawai was to be Kekalukaluokewa's.
Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.1
Piʻi akula ʻo Waka a hiki i Kūkaniloko, hoʻokokoke akula ʻo ia ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, hahau akula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke kahuna me ka pule ʻana.
Waka went up and reached Kukaniloko; she drew near the place where Laielohelohe was hidden, held the pig out to the priest and prayed,
I ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a waenakonu o ka ʻaha, iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu e kilu ana, i ia manawa, kani akula ke oli a ka mea ʻume e hoʻokolili ana i ka wēlau o ka maile i luna o Hauaʻiliki, a kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile, a laila, kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki.
Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the want and Hauailiki stood up.
I kēlā manawa, hoʻokolokolo ʻia ihola kona mau luna.
Then all the keepers were called to trial.
Ch.26 p.138 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa hoʻi e hoʻokolokolo ʻia ana nā luna o ke aliʻi, hiki maila ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma luna o ke kaulua, a lana ma waho o ka nuku o ka muliwai.
While the chief's keepers were being examined, the seer arrived with his daughters in a double canoe and floated outside the mouth of the inlet.
A hiki mua ʻo ia i o ʻAiwohikupua, me ka ʻī aku, “Mai kēia lā aku, e kūkulu mua ʻoe i mau lepa a puni kou wahi, a e hoʻokomo i kāu poʻe aloha a pau ma loko, no ka mea, ma kēia hope koke iho, e hiki mai ana ka luku ma luna o ka ʻāina.
And first he came to Aiwohikupua and said, "From this day, erect flag signals around your dwelling, and bring inside all whom you love. "For there comes shortly a destruction over the earth;
Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.2
ʻĀnō, e kūkulu i lepa a puni ʻoe, a e hoʻokomo i kāu mea aloha ma loko o nā lepa i kūkulu ʻia.
Plant flag signals at once around you, and bring all dear to you inside the signals you have set up,
Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.1
“A i kou hiki ʻana i kahi o ua ipu lā e kū ana, wehe aʻe ʻoe i ke poʻi, a laila, hoʻokomo iho ʻoe i ko poʻo i ka waha o ua ipu lā, a laila, kāhea iho ʻoe ma ka inoa o ua ipu lā,'E Laukapalili ē, hō mai i ka ʻike'
And when you come to where the gourd is standing take off the cover, then put your head into the mouth of the gourd and call out the name of the gourd, 'Laukapalili, Trembling Leaf, give me wisdom.'
A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea ma kahi kaʻawale aku, a ma ia pō iho, lawe akula ʻo ia hoʻokahi pū maiʻa, ua wahī ʻia i ke kapa, me he kupapaʻu lā, a hoʻokomo ʻia i loko o kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ua makāula nei, a hoʻi akula a hui me kāna mau kaikamāhine, a haʻi akula i kēia mau mea a me kona pilikia ʻana.
Now the seer heard this command from some distance away, and in the night he took a banana plant covered with tapa like a human figure and put it inside the place where he had been imprisoned, and went back and joined his daughters and told them all about his troubles.
A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kauakahialiʻi i mua o nā aliʻi, ua hoʻokū ʻia mai ko ʻAiwohikupua kino ʻokoʻa e ka ʻiʻini nui me ka nīnau aku, “ʻO wai ka inoa o ia wahine?”
At these words of Kauakahialii to the chiefs, all the body of Aiwohikupua pricked with desire, and he asked, "What was the woman's name?"
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
ʻAʻole o ʻolua kuleana e piʻi mai ai i ʻaneʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai wau ma ʻaneʻi he kiaʻi maka mua no ke aliʻi, a naʻu nō e hoʻokuke aku i nā mea a pau i hiki mai ma ʻaneʻi me ke kuleana ʻole.
you two have no business to come up here, for I am the outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all who come here;
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.3
A inā e haʻi mai i kona makemake, e hoʻokuke aku nō.
and if he should plead his cause force him away;
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.4
A inā i paʻakikī loa mai ma kona ʻano keiki kāne ʻana, e hoʻokuke ikaika aku iā ia.
and if he is very persistent, because he is a brother, resist him still more forcibly;
Haʻi maila nā wāhine iā lākou, “He ʻaha hoʻokūkū mokomoko, a ʻo ka mea ʻoi o ka ikaika, a laila, ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia e hele e kuʻikuʻi me ke kanaka Kauaʻi i hakakā mai nei me Ihuanu a make mai nei ua ʻo Ihuanu.
The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose;
A nō ka paʻakikī loa o ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e hoʻokuʻu i kona kaikuahine, i ia manawa, lele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai luna aku o ka waʻa a hāʻule i loko o ke kai.
And because of Aiwohikupua's stubbornness in refusing to let his sister go, then Kahalaomapuana jumped from the canoe into the sea.
Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.6
No laila, e hoʻokuʻu iā mākou e noho puʻupaʻa e like me ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ko mākou mau mākua.”
but to allow us to live virgin according to our parents' vow."
Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.1
Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hala aku ai ma hope iho o ko Mailehaʻiwale hoʻokuʻu ʻana aku iā lāua, hālāwai koke akula lāua me Mailekaluhea, ka lua o kā ke aliʻi wahine kiaʻi.
As they went on, after Mailehaiwale let them pass, they soon encountered Mailekaluhea, the second of the princess's guardians.
Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.4
Pehea lā i ʻae ʻia mai ai e hoʻokuʻu mai iā ʻolua?”
How did you get permission to pass here?"
Ch.14 p.73 para.2 sent.2
Akā, ma kēlā ʻōlelo a Mailekaluhea, ua ʻoi aku ka maʻalea o kā lāua nei ʻōlelo malimali i mua o ia ala, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia aku lāua.
But to Mailekaluhea's command they answered so craftily with flattering words that they were allowed to pass.
Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.1
Iā lāua i hala aku ai, hālāwai akula lāua me Mailelauliʻi, a e like nō me ka ʻōlelo a lāua nei i mua o nā mea mua, pēlā nō lāua i hana ai i mua o Mailelauliʻi, a no ka maʻalea loa o lāua i nā ʻōlelo malimali, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia lāua mai ko Mailelauliʻi alo aku.
As the two went on they met Mailelaulii and with the same words they had used to the first, so they addressed Mailelaulii. And because of their great craft in persuasion, the two were
allowed to pass Mailelaulii's front.
Iā lāua i hiki aku ai i mua o Mailepākaha, ʻaʻole he ʻoluʻolu iki o kēia kiaʻi i ko lāua hoʻokuʻu ʻia ʻana mai e nā kiaʻi mua, akā, no ka pākela o ka maʻalea ma ke kamaʻilio ʻana, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia akula lāua.
When they came before Mailepakaha this guardian was not at all pleased at their having been let slip by the first guards, but so crafty was their speech that they were allowed to pass.
Hoʻokahi naʻe mea a mākou e haʻi aku iā ʻoe, he poʻe kaikamāhine mākou i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e ko mākou mau mākua.
Only one thing we ask of you: All of us sisters have been set apart by our parents
Ch.13 p.69 para.9 sent.2
ʻĪ akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale iā Lāʻieikawai, “Inā paha ʻaʻole mākou i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e ko kākou mau mākua, inā ua lawe wau iā Hauaʻiliki i kāne naʻu.”
Said Mailehaiwale to Laieikawai, "If we had not been set apart by our parents, I would take Hauailiki for my husband."
Ch.13 p.70 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua makemake nō hoʻi wau inā hoʻi ʻaʻole wau i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e koʻu kupuna wahine, no laila, he mea ʻole koʻu makemake.”
Said Laieikawai, "I like him. too; but I, too, have been set apart by my grandmother, so that my liking is useless."
Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.6
Aia a pau kā ʻolua heʻe nalu ʻana, a laila, e hoʻouna aku wau i nā manu a me ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, ʻo kou manawa ia e hoʻi mai ai me ko kāne a loko o ko ʻolua hale, a laila, e hoʻolaʻa ʻia ko kino e like me koʻu makemake.
After the surf riding, then I will send the birds and a mist over the land; that is the time for you to return with your husband to your house, become one flesh according to jour wish.''
A no ka makemake loa o ke aliʻi e loaʻa mau iā ia ka moeʻuhane mau no Lāʻieikawai, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina nui e mama i ʻawa, a no laila, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke kuhina i nā mea mama ʻawa o ke aliʻi e mama i ka ʻawa.
And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his chief counsellor to chew awa. So the counsellor summoned the chiefs awa chewers
Ch.8 p.44 para.5 sent.2
A pau nā waʻa i ka hoʻoponopono a me nā ukana a lākou, i ia wā nō, hoʻolale koke aʻe ana ke aliʻi i nā kaikuahine a me kona kuhina e piʻi i uka o Paliuli, a ua hoʻoholo koke lākou i ia manaʻo o ke aliʻi.
and after putting to rights the canoe and the baggage, the chief at once began urging his sisters
and his counsellor to go up to Paliuli; and they readily assented to the chief's wish.
Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.3
I loko o ko lākou manawa ʻai, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā lākou ka ʻona ʻana o ka ʻawa, a no ka loaʻa ʻole o ka ʻona o ka ʻawa, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau mama ʻawa e mama hou ka ʻawa.
During the feasting, the awa had not the least effect upon them. And because the awa had no effect, the chief hastily urged his awa chewers to chew the awa a second time.
Ch.15 p.77 para.4 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ia mau lā, hoʻolale aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau pūʻali koa kiaʻi a me kona hanohano aliʻi a pau.
After this he summoned the bravest of his fighting men, his bodyguard, all his chiefly array,
Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.3
A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i kai o Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻolale aʻela ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua i nā pūʻali koa o ke aliʻi e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi.
As soon as Aiwohikupua and his companion reached the sea at Keaau, Aiwohikupua's counsellor dispatched the chief's picked fighting men to go up and destroy the sisters, according to the chief's command.
Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.3
Hoʻolale aʻela kona mau mākua i nā kānaka e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa no Hinaikamalama e holo ai i Kauaʻi, a wae aʻela i mau hoa hele kūpono no ke aliʻi e like me ke ʻano mua o ka huakaʻi aliʻi.
The parents hastened the preparation of canoes for Hinaikamalama's voyage to Kauai, and selected a suitable cortege for the princess's journey, as is customary on the journey of a chief.
Ke hōʻole aʻe nei ʻoe i kā mākou maikaʻi e ʻike nei, no ka mea, ʻo ko Molokaʻi ʻoi nō kēia.”
that you scorn our beauty here, who is the handsomest girl in Molokai."
Ch.2 p.12 para.5 sent.1
Hōʻole akula ua wahi kanaka nei ma ka ʻī aku, “ʻAʻole au i ʻike ma mua.
The man denied it and said, "No; I had never seen her before;
Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.4
Aia mai i laila ka nele a me ka loaʻa, no ka mea, inā nō paha ia e hōʻole mai, hoʻomano aku nō.
whether for failure or success; for, even if she should refuse, keep at it;
Ch.8 p.45 para.7 sent.1
A lohe lā ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai no ka makemake ʻole e lawe iā ʻAiwohikupua i kāne male, a laila, he mea ʻē ka hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo akula lākou nei i ka hōʻole ʻana mai.
When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly.
Ch.9 p.47 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ka manawa i hōʻole ʻia ai ko ke aliʻi kāne makemake, a laila ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hoʻi kāua a e noho nā kaikuahine oʻu i uka nei, a na lākou nō e ʻimi aʻe i ko lākou wahi e noho ai, no ka mea ʻaʻole a lākou waiwai.
After this refusal, then Aiwohikupua said to his counsellor, "You and I will go home and let my sisters stay up here; as for them, let them live as they can, for they are worthless;
Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.3
Ua kēnā aʻe nei ʻoe iā Mailehaʻiwale i kāna loaʻa, a ua lohe akula nō hoʻi kākou i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai.
you have ordered Mailehaiwale to do her part, and we have heard, too, the refusal of Laieikawai.
Lālau aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī ma kona pepeiao, hoʻokani akula i mua o ke aliʻi, a laila, ua hoʻoleʻaleʻa ʻia ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
Kahalaomapuana took her ti leaf trumpet from behind her ear, and played before the princess; then Laieikawai was delighted.
Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.2
E lilo ʻoe i mea punahele naʻu, a ʻo kāu hana ka hoʻoleʻaleʻa mai iaʻu.”
and become my favorite, and your work will be to amuse me."
Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.1
I kekahi awakea, i ko ke aliʻi manawa ala mai ka hiamoe mai, hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e hoʻoleʻaleʻa i ke aliʻi ma ka hoʻokanikani ʻana i ka pū lāʻī a pau ko ke aliʻi makemake.
One afternoon, just as the princess woke from sleep, came Kahalaomapuana to amuse the princess by playing on the trumpet until the princess wished it no longer.
I ia manawa, hāʻawi maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka lei lehua, hoʻolei ihola ma ka ʻāʻī o Hauaʻiliki e like me kāna hana mau i ka poʻe akamai i ka heʻe nalu.
then Laieikawai threw a lehua wreath around Hauailiki's neck, as she always did for those who showed skill in surf riding.
Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.3
I ia wā nō hoʻi ko Halaaniani hoʻolei ʻana iho i ka pōpō lehua mai luna iho o ka lāʻau, a hāʻule pololei ihola ma ke alo ponoʻī o Lāʻielohelohe.
Halaaniani dropped the bunch of lehua flowers down from the tree, and it fell directly in front of Laielohelohe.
A no kēia kumu, hoʻolilo loa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma luna o nā mea a pau, ʻo ko ke aliʻi mau ʻāina a pau a me nā kānaka a pau loa, nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana, ma kona ʻano kuhina nui.
Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as his chief counsellor.
Ch.4 p.27 para.3 sent.3
No laila, ke ʻōlelo paʻa nei wau ʻānō, he hiki iaʻu ke hoʻolilo i kēia ʻaha i mea ʻole i loko o kuʻu lima.”
Now, I promise you, I can turn this crowd into nothing with one hand."
Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.3
No laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau i kēia, he hiki i kuʻu akua ke hāʻawi mai iaʻu e lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka, a e hoʻolilo aʻe kuʻu akua i ke poʻo o ko ʻoukou ikaika i mea milimili na kuʻu mau hoe waʻa.”
for I say to him, my god can give me victory over this man, and my god will deliver the head of this mighty one to be a plaything for my paddlers."
Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.3
A hoʻoholo aʻela lākou e hoʻolilo i ko lākou kaikaina i hoa kūkā no ke aliʻi ma nā hana e pili ana i kou lākou noho ʻana.
and they appointed their younger sister to speak to the princess about what they had agreed upon.
Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.3
No laila, ua hoʻoholo mākou i ko mākou manaʻo e hoʻolilo mākou iā mākou ʻelima i mau koa kiaʻi no kou hale aliʻi, a ma o mākou lā e ʻae ʻia ai, a ma o mākou lā e hōʻole ʻia ai.
and all five of us have agreed to become the bodyguard for your house; ours shall be the consent, ours the refusal.
Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.3
A, i loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi iaʻu ma kēia hope aku, a laila, e hoʻolilo nō wau iā ʻoukou a pau i mau mea nui ma luna oʻu.”
Should fortune come to me hereafter, then I will place you far above myself."
A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma Pihanakalani, a ili aʻela ka hoʻoponopono o nā ʻāina a me ke aupuni iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a hoʻolilo ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, ʻo ia ke kolu o ka hoʻoilina o ka noho aliʻi.
and they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir to the chief's seat.
Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki akula kēia i Anahola, hoʻolimalima akula kēia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei.
He left the place and went to Anahola to bargain for a boat to go to Oahu, but he could not hire a boat to go to Oahu.
I ia manawa a kahi kanaka e kamaʻilio ana me ke aliʻi, e noho ana ka makāula i ia manawa e hoʻolohe ana i ke ʻano o ke kamaʻilio ʻana.
As the man was talking with the chief, the seer remained listening to the conversation; it just came to him that this was the one whom he was seeking.
Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.2
Ma kā ʻoukou mea e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai, no ka mea, he kanaka wau i hana pono ʻole ʻia e nā mea waʻa i koʻu holo ʻana mai Oʻahu mai, no laila wau e haʻi mua aku nei iā ʻoukou, e nā mea waʻa, malia o like ʻoukou me lāua.”
whatever you demand, I will accede to; for I was not well treated by the men who brought me here from Oahu, so I will first make a bargain with you men, lest you should be like them."
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.5
Hoʻolohe mai auaneʻi ʻoe a i kani aku ka leo o ka ʻiʻiwipōlena, a laila, aia wau ma waho o ka hale o ko hānai.
if you hear the note of the iiwipolena, then am I without your ward's house;
Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.4
Ma kāu hana e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai a e hoʻokō ai hoʻi, ma ka mea kūpono naʻe o ka hoʻokō aku.
and will do whatever you tell me just as we have agreed,
Ch.6 p.34 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa a ke aliʻi e hoʻolohe ana i ka pule a ka makāula, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kāna makāula kēia.
As the chief listened to the prophet's prayer, Aiwohikupua recognized his own prophet,
Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.3
Hoʻolohe aku kākou ʻo ka leo o ke kāhea mai, a kau kākou ma luna o nā waʻa, a laila palekana.”
now we shall hear them calling to us, and go on board the canoe, then we shall be safe."
ʻĪ ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ʻo ia wale nō, “ʻAʻole nō kā hoʻi ʻoe e kala i makemake ai, hoʻolohi wale iho nō,” a no ka peʻahi a ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, hoʻomoe ihola kēia i ka nalu a pae pono akula ma kahi a Lāʻieikawai mā e noho mai ana.
Hauailiki boasted to himself, "You wanted me all the time; you just delayed." And at the signal of the princess of Paliuli he lay upon the breaker and landed right where Laieikawai and her companions were sitting;
I ia pō iho, hoʻomaka hou ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā e hāʻawi i ka ʻawa, a laila, hoʻokō akula nō kāna wahine, akā, ma hope o ka pau ʻana o ka inu ʻawa ʻana, puka koke akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i waho o ka hale, a hoʻolualuaʻi akula a pau loa ka ʻawa i ka luaʻi ʻia.
That night Kekalukaluokewa again gave her the awa, then she obeyed him, but after she had drunk it all, she went outside the house immediately and threw it up;
A ʻike maila ʻo Poliʻahu iā Hinaikamalama, kokoe akula nā maka i ka ʻike i kona ʻenemi, a hala akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e hoʻoluʻolu ai.
When Poliahu saw Hinaikamalama, she frowned at sight of her rival. And Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama withdrew where they could take their pleasure.
I ia pō nō, i loko o ko lāua manawa hoʻomaha no ka hōʻoluʻolu i ka hoʻohiki ʻana, hiki maila ma o Hinaikamalama ke anu māʻeʻele loa, no ka mea, ua kuʻu maila ʻo Poliʻahu i ke anu o kona kapa hau ma luna o kona ʻenemi.
That very night as they rested comfortably in the fulfillment of their bargain, Hinaikamalama grew numb with cold, for Poliahu had spread her cold snow mantle over her enemy.
Ch.19 p.95 para.2 sent.1
A hoʻomākaukau ihola lāua e hōʻoluʻolu no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki ma ka hoʻopalau ʻana, a laila, hiki hou maila ke anu iā Hinaikamalama, ʻo ka lua ia o kona loaʻa i ke anu.
As they began to take their ease in fulfillment of their vow at the betrothal, then the cold came a second time upon Hinaikamalama.
Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai mai Keaʻau aku, ma hope iho o kona hoʻohilahila ʻana e Waka, a noho ma ʻOlaʻa, i ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke hōʻoluʻolu aku i ka naʻau kaumaha o ke aliʻi (Lāʻieikawai) no kona hilahila i ka ʻōlelo kumakaia a Waka.
When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and dwelt at Olaa. Then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's reproaches.
Ch.25 p.131 para.7 sent.1
Ma kēia huakaʻi kaʻapuni a ke aliʻi, ma Kaʻū mua, ma Kona, a hiki lākou ma Kaiʻōpae i Kohala, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau mai Kawaihae mai, ʻaneʻane ʻelima mile ka lōʻihi mai Kawaihae aʻe, ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā, no ka mea, ua makemake ihola ke aliʻi wahine e hōʻoluʻolu ma laila.
On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for the princess to rest.
I ia manawa, piʻi aʻela ka ʻula o ʻAiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea lā ua hoʻoluʻu ʻia i ke koko o nā hipa keiki, huli aʻela ʻo ia a kūpono i mua o ka ʻaha a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻO wai kēia kanaka i ʻaʻa mai ai ʻo ia i ke keiki Kauaʻi nei?
Then a flush rose all over his body as if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb. He turned right to the crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy,
I ia manawa a kona kaikuahine muli loa e hāpai ana i kēia leo kaukau i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, ua hoʻomāʻeʻele ʻia ka naʻau o ko lākou kaikunāne i ke aloha kaumaha no kona kaikuahine, a no ka nui loa o ke aloha o ʻAiwohikupua i ko lākou pōkiʻi, lālau maila a hoʻonoho ihola i luna o kona ʻūhā a uē ihola.
When his youngest sister raised this lamentation to Aiwohikupua, then the brother's heart glowed with love and longing for his sister. And because of his great love for his little sister, he took her in his arms, set her on his lap, and wept.
A lohe lāua i kēia leo nīnau, hoʻomaha ihola ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole i pane aku.
When she heard the questioner, Laieikawai ceased speaking.
Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.6
Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana a hiki ma Waimea i ʻOuli, ʻo ia kā ka makāula ʻike ʻana aku i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i kai o Kawaihae, a no ka māluhiluhi o ua makāula nei, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i wikiwiki mai e ʻike i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, no laila, hoʻomaha ihola ʻo ia ma laila.
When he reached Waimea, at Ouli, there he saw the rainbow arching over the sea at Kawaihae.
And the seer was so weary he was not quick to recognize the rainbow, but he stayed there,
”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai.
Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity.
Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.1
I kēlā hele ʻana kēia hele ʻana a Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāna hana mau i lalo nei, a hiki i ka ʻehā makahiki, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻia mai ka nani o Lāʻielohelohe ma mua o kāna ʻike mua ʻana, a māhuahua loa aʻela ka manaʻo ʻino o Kaʻōnohiokalā.
On every trip Kaonohiokala took to do his work below, for four years, lo! Laielohelohe's loveliness grew beyond what he had seen before, and his sinful lust increased mightily,
Ch.32 p.175 para.7 sent.1
I kekahi lā ma ke ahiahi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “E kuʻu kahu nāna i mālama maikaʻi, i kēia manawa, ua pōʻino loa iaʻu ka manaʻo no Kaʻōnohiokalā i loko o nā manawa o māua i hana iho nei i ka hewa, a ke hoʻomāhuahua mai nei ke aloha o kuʻu kāne (Kekalukaluokēwā) iaʻu, no ka mea, i ka noho iho nei nō kā i ka pono me ke kāne, me ko māua maikaʻi, a lalau wale nō i ka hewa, ʻaʻole no koʻu makemake, no kou makemake wale nō.
One day in the evening Laielohelohe said to Kapukaihaoa, "My good guard and protector, I am sorry for my sin with Kaonohiokala, and love grows within me for Kekalukaluokewa, my husband; good and happy has been our life together, and I sinned not by my own wish, but through your wish alone.
A no kēia ʻōlelo, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hoʻomaikaʻi akula i mua o Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e lilo ia i kāne hoʻopalau na Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e holo pū i Kauaʻi.
At these words Aiwohikupua knelt and did reverence to Poliahu and begged to become Poliahu's betrothed and asked her to go with him to Kauai.
Ch.17 p.88 para.1 sent.1
A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike
And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief.
Ch.22 p.116 para.3 sent.3
A lawe ʻia maila a mua o Waka, i ia manawa, kūlou akula ʻo Waka i mua o Lāʻielohelohe, a hoʻomaikaʻi akula.
and brought her to Waka, then Waka knelt before Laielohelohe and did her reverence.
Ch.26 p.135 para.3 sent.2
E waiho aku i kāu mōhai i mua ona me ka hoʻomaikaʻi mua ma ka inoa o kou akua.
and lay it before her, having blessed her in the name of your god.
ʻAʻole naʻe i holo, no ka mea, ua hōʻōmaʻimaʻi aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, a no laila, ua hala i ia pō, a i kekahi pō iho, hana hou nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kāna hana, a no ia mea, ua haʻalele ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha i kāna kāne, a hoʻi akula i Kauaʻi ma kona mau waʻa me kona manaʻo hou ʻole aku iā Kekalukaluokēwā.
but they did not, for Kekalukaluokewa pretended to be ill, and they postponed going that night. The next day he did the same thing again, so Laielohelohe gave up her love for her husband and returned to Kauai with her canoe, without thinking again of Kekalukaluokewa.
Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana.
When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me;
Ch.1 p.3 para.7 sent.2
Mai ka hānau ʻana o Lāʻieikawai me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hekili e kani i loko o ʻIkuā, pēlā i ʻōlelo ʻia i loko o kēia moʻolelo.
At this time of Laieikawai and Laielohelohe's birth thunder first sounded in October, according to the legend.
Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai ko ke aliʻi wahine wahi e ʻauʻau ana, a laila, pane akula ke aliʻi wahine, “E nā aliʻi!
When Aiwohikupua and his companion had put some distance between themselves and the princess's bathing place, the princess called, "O chiefs,
Ch.5 p.31 para.2 sent.2
Inā e kēnā hou mai kēlā, a laila, e hoʻomaka ʻoe e kuʻi me kou ikaika a pau, no ka mea ʻo kona manawa e kēnā mai ai e kuʻi, ʻo ia ihola nō ka hoʻomaka ʻana,” a no laila, ua pono kēia iā Ihuanu.
If he orders you forward again then deliver the strongest blow you can give, for when he gives you the order to strike he himself begins the fight." So Cold- nose was satisfied.
Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua kānalua ʻana, a no ke kānalua i loaʻa iā ʻAiwohikupua, ʻōlelo aku ʻo ia i kona kōkoʻolua, “ʻAuhea ʻoe.
and for the first time he felt doubtful of his success. And by reason of this doubt within him he said to his companion, "Where are you?
Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.3
Mai ka hoʻomaka ʻana e hālāwai nā aliʻi a hiki i ka pau ʻana o nā ʻōlelo a lāua, i luna nō o nā waʻa kēia mau kamaʻilio ʻana.
Now, the chiefs met and conversed on the deck of the canoe.
Ma hope iho o kēia haunaele ʻana, hoʻomaka hou ka hoʻonoho o ke kahua mokomoko.
After the excitement the boxing field again settled into order;
Ch.15 p.79 para.3 sent.1
Kuhi ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻomāʻakaʻaka, hoʻomāʻauea, hoʻomaka hou akula lāua e hoʻokokoke i o Mailehaʻiwale, kipaku hou maila nō ke kiaʻi.
Aiwohikupua supposed this was in sport; both again began to approach Mailehaiwale; again the guardian told them to go.
Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.1
Ma hope iho naʻe o ka haʻiʻōlelo ʻana a Hinaikamalama, hoʻomaka hou ke kilu; iā ʻAiwohikupua lāua me Makaweli ke kilu i ia manawa.
Soon after Hinaikamalama's speech the games began again; the game was between Aiwohikupua and Makaweli.
Ch.19 p.98 para.5 sent.1
(Aia a hiki aku i ka hiki ʻana aku o Lāʻieikawai i Kauaʻi, ma hope iho o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻāo ʻana aku me Lāʻieikawai, a laila, e hoʻomaka hou ke kamaʻilio no Hinaikamalama.
(When we get to Laieikawai's coming to Kauai after Kekalukaluokewa's marriage with Laieikawai, then we will begin again the story of Hinaikamalama;
Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.1
I kēlā manawa nō hoʻi, iā ia e hālāwai lā me kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula hoʻi, ka punalua a me kā lāua wahine hoʻi (Lāʻielohelohe), hoʻomaka aʻela ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e hoʻoponopono hou no ke aupuni, a no laila, ua hoʻomaka hou ka ʻahaʻōlelo.
Now at this time, when he met his sisters, the prophet and his punalua and their wife (Laielohelohe), Kaonohiokala began to redistribute the land, so he called a fresh council.
Ch.34 p.183 para.2 sent.1
I ia pō iho, hoʻomaka hou ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā e hāʻawi i ka ʻawa, a laila, hoʻokō akula nō kāna wahine, akā, ma hope o ka pau ʻana o ka inu ʻawa ʻana, puka koke akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i waho o ka hale, a hoʻolualuaʻi akula a pau loa ka ʻawa i ka luaʻi ʻia.
That night Kekalukaluokewa again gave her the awa, then she obeyed him, but after she had drunk it all, she went outside the house immediately and threw it up;
Ch.34 p.183 para.3 sent.1
A ʻike maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā he hiamoe ʻiʻo ko kāna wahine no ka ʻona ʻawa, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka hou ke kāne i kāna hana mau, a hele akula i o Hinaikamalama lā.
When Kekalukaluokewa thought that his wife was fast asleep under the effects of the awa, then he started to make his usual visit to Hinaikamalama.
Hoʻi hou akula ʻo Waka me kāna moʻopuna a hiki i ka mōlehulehu ʻana, hoʻomakākiu hou maila ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ua hele aku kēlā mea āna i ʻike ai, akā, aia nō ua makāula nei ma kāna wahi i noho mua ai, no laila, hoʻi hope hou ʻo Waka.
Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again.
Ma mua aʻe naʻe o ko ka makāula holo ʻana mai, ua hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo ia hoʻokahi puaʻa hiwa, he moa lawa a me ka iʻa ʻula.
Before the seer sailed, he first got ready a black pig, a white fowl, and a red fish.
Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.2
Aia naʻe, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi hiki ʻole iā ia ke hele aku, akā, ua noʻonoʻo ka makāula i kekahi manawa i wahi e hiki ai ke ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kāna kānaenae i hoʻomākaukau mua ai.
Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared,
Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1
Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi.
They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai.
Ch.2 p.12 para.6 sent.2
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, lawe aʻela ʻo ia i nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i mōhai no ka manawa e hālāwai aku ai, a hele akula.
After the talk, he took everything that he had prepared for sacrifice when they should meet and departed.
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.3
A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia.
The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed.
Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.3
Hoʻi hou akula ka makāula i luna o Kaʻuiki e lawe mai i kāna mau wahi ukana, nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i kānaenae.
The seer returned up Kauwiki and brought his luggage, the things he had got ready for sacrifice.
Inā e kani aku ka leo o ka ʻelepaio, hoʻomākaukau wau no ka iho aku, a i kani akula ka leo o ka ʻapapane, a laila, ua puka wau ma waho o kuʻu hale nei.
when rings the note of the elepaio then am I making ready to descend; when the note of the apapane sounds, then am I without the door of my house;
A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i mua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, “Ua hewa kāu hana, e Kaʻōnohiokalā ē, no ka mea, ua haumia loa ʻoe, a no laila, ʻaʻole e loaʻa hou iā ʻoe he wahi noho i loko o Kahakaekaea, a ʻo kou uku hoʻopaʻi, e lilo ana ʻoe i mea e hoʻomākaʻukaʻu ʻia ai ma nā alanui, a ma ka puka o nā hale, a ʻo kou inoa, he lapu, a ʻo kāu mea e ʻai ai, ʻo nā pulelehua, a ma laila kou kuleana a mau i kāu pua.”
And Moanalihaikawaokele said to Kaonohiokala, "You have sinned, O Kaonohiokala, for you have defiled yourself and, therefore, you shall no longer have a place to dwell within Kahakaekaea, and the penalty you shall pay, to become a fearsome thing on the highway and at the doors of houses, and your name is Lapu, Vanity, and for your food you shall eat moths; and thus shall you live and your posterity."
ʻAʻole naʻe no ke kāʻili loa mai, akā, i mea e hoʻomāmā aʻe ai i koʻu naʻau kaumaha i ke kuko i kāu milimili, no ka mea, ua noi mua aku wau i ua milimili lā āu i kuʻu makemake, akā, ua kuhikuhi mai kēlā nāu e ʻae aku.
not to take her away altogether, but to ease my heavy heart of its lust after your foster child; for I first begged my boon of her, but she sent me for your consent,
A haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki kēia i Kaʻuiki, a ma laila ʻo ia i kūkulu ai i wahi heiau kahi hoʻi e hoʻomana ai i kona akua, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there built a place of worship to call upon his god as the only one to guide him to the person he was seeking.
Ch.34 p.191 para.4 sent.2
A mai ia manawa mai a hiki i kēia mau lā, ke hoʻomana ʻia nei nō e kekahi poʻe ma ka inoa ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā (Lāʻieikawai).
And from that time to this she is still worshiped as The Woman of the Twilight.
A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna.
At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command.
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, nui loa maila ka nahunahu ʻana a ʻaneʻane e hānau, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i nā ʻōlelo a ke kahuna i aʻoaʻo mai ai iā ia.
and when the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana remembered the priest's counsel to her.
Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.6
Aia a lohe aku ʻoukou ua lanakila ʻo Ihuanu, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu puʻupuʻu iā Kanikapiha, ka ʻai a ke kumu i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ʻaʻole e lanakila mai ʻo ia ma luna oʻu, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuʻu malo i kēia lā.”
When you hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called The-end-that-sang , the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang to-day."
Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.3
ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.”
not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard."
Ch.17 p.88 para.6 sent.2
ʻĪ mai nei naʻe ʻo ua Poliʻahu iā māua, 'Ke hoʻomanaʻo lā nō naʻe paha ia i ke kōnane ʻana a māua?'”
Poliahu inquired, 'Does he still remember the game of konane between us?'"
Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.5
I ia pō, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Hinaikamalama no kāna kauoha iā Hauaʻiliki ma hope iho o ko lāua ʻume ʻia ʻana, a ma mua hoʻi o kona hoʻohui ʻana me ʻAiwohikupua.
This night Hinaikamalama remembered her promise to Hauailiki after the game of spin-the-gourd, before she met Aiwohikupua.
Ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o kāna hoʻoponopono ʻana i ka ʻāina a me kona noho aliʻi ʻana, i ia manawa, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne no Lāʻieikawai.
After apportioning the land and setting up his court, Kekalukaluokewa bethought him of his friend's charge concerning Laieikawai.
I ia manawa, pūʻiwa koke aʻela ʻo ia me ka lele o kona ʻōʻili me ka maikaʻi ʻole o kona noʻonoʻo ʻana, akā, ua kali lōʻihi nō ʻo ia me ka hoʻomanawanui a maopopo leʻa ka hana a kēlā wahi ʻōnohi.
he grew excited, his pulse beat quickly, but he waited long and patiently to see what the rainbow was doing.
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.3
A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia.
The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed.
Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.1
I ia pō iho, i loko o kona manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila kona akua me ia ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, “Ua ʻike au i kou luhi a me kou hoʻomanawanui ʻana me ke ake e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moʻopuna a Waka me kou manaʻo hoʻi e loaʻa kou pōmaikaʻi no kāna moʻopuna mai.
That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said; "I have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild.
Ch.9 p.47 para.4 sent.1
ʻĪ hou aku kona kuhina, “E kuʻu Haku, e hoʻomanawanui hou kāua.
His counsellor spoke again. "My lord, have patience;
Ch.19 p.96 para.8 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, “E hoʻomanawanui hou kāua, a inā i hiki hou mai ka wela ma luna o kāua, a laila, haʻalele mai ʻoe iaʻu.”
Said Hinaikamalama, "Let us still have patience and if the heat comes over us again, then leave me."
Ch.25 p.133 para.2 sent.2
A no ka hoʻokō ʻole ʻia o kāna mea e noi nei i kona akua, ʻaneʻane ʻo ia e hoʻohiki ʻino aku i kona akua, akā, hoʻomanawanui nō ʻo ia.
and, because his god did not answer his petition, he almost swore at his god, but still he persevered.
Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻomaopopo nā mea a pau i ke ʻano o kēia ānuenue, akā, ua hoʻomau ʻia kēia mau hailona aliʻi ma nā wahi i mālama ʻia ai ua mau māhoe nei.
yet no one understood the nature of this rainbow, but such signs as attend a chief were always present wherever the twins were guarded.
Ch.3 p.13 para.1 sent.2
Nānā akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi a ua wahi kanaka nei i ʻōlelo ai iā ia, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa ihola ka makāula, ʻo kāna mea nō e ukali nei.
there he saw the rainbow arching over the place which the man had described to him; so he was sure that this was the person he was following.
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.5
I loko o kēia ʻōlelo ʻana a Kauakahialiʻi, hoʻomaopopo loa maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka helehelena maikaʻi o ua wahine nei.
During this speech Aiwohikupua seemed to see before him the lovely form of that woman.
Ch.4 p.23 para.8 sent.1
Iā lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, hoʻomaopopo loa aʻela ke aliʻi e holo i Hawaiʻi e ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai.
After talking over all these things, then the chief fully decided to go to Hawaii to see Laieikawai.
Ch.12 p.64 para.7 sent.1
A laila, hoʻomaopopo ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo lākou nō ka poʻe i hiki i kēlā pō mua.
Then Laieikawai understood that these were the persons who came that first night.
Ch.17 p.88 para.8 sent.2
A laila, hoʻomaopopo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Pehea kā ʻolua lele ʻana aku nei?”
then Aiwohikupua asked to make sure, "How did you two fly?"
Hoʻomau maila ka makāula i kona hele ʻana a hiki i luna pono o Pālalahuakiʻi, a laila, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, me ka hoʻomaopopo i loko ona a ʻike leʻa i kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
The seer kept right on up to the summit of Palalahuakii. There he saw the rainbow plainly and recognized it, and knew it was the sign he was seeking.
Ua nui loa nā lā ona ma laila o ka noho ʻana, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea e ʻimi ai, akā, ma kona ʻano makāula, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka pule i ke akua e like me kona mau lā ma Kaʻuiki.
Many days he remained there without seeing the sign he sought; but in his character as seer he continued praying to his god as when he was on Kauwiki,
Ch.4 p.23 para.6 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ia manawa, hoʻomau akula ke aliʻi i ka inu ʻawa a hala nā lā he nui; ua like paha me hoʻokahi makahiki.
After this the chief kept on drinking awa many days, perhaps a year,
Ch.4 p.23 para.7 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ko ke aliʻi hoʻopau ʻana no ka inu ʻawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ke aliʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana o Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane a me ke kumu o kona hoʻomau ʻana i ka inu ʻawa, a haʻi pū akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi i ke kumu o kona kau ʻana i kānāwai paʻa, no ka mea, walaʻau i loko o kona wā hiamoe.
It was only after he quit awa drinking that he told anyone how Laieikawai had come to him in the dream and why he had drunk the awa and also why he had laid the command upon them not to talk while he slept.
Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.3
Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka piʻi a lohe hou lāua i ka leo o ka moa (ʻo ka moa kualua ia).
They went on climbing, and heard a second time the cock crow (the cock's second crow this).
Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.4
Hoʻomau aku lāua i ka piʻi a hiki i ka mālamalama loa ʻana.
They went on climbing until a great light shone.
Ch.10 p.51 para.3 sent.1
Huli maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, nānā hope akula i nā kaikuahine me ka ʻī aku, “ʻAʻole he hala hoʻomau.
Aiwohikupua turned and looked back at his younger sisters and said, "Constancy is not a sin;
I loko o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā ma Waiʻāpuka, ua hoʻomau ʻia ka piʻo ʻana o ke ānuenue ma kēlā wahi i loko o ka manawa ua a me ka mālie, ʻo ka pō a me ke ao.
All the days that Laieikawai was at Waiapuka a rainbow arch was there constantly, in rain or calm,
Ch.1 p.5 para.2 sent.2
Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻomaopopo nā mea a pau i ke ʻano o kēia ānuenue, akā, ua hoʻomau ʻia kēia mau hailona aliʻi ma nā wahi i mālama ʻia ai ua mau māhoe nei.
yet no one understood the nature of this rainbow, but such signs as attend a chief were always present wherever the twins were guarded.
Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.2
ʻEkolu mau lā o ia nei ma Kuamoʻokāne, ua hoʻomau ʻia ka uhi paʻapū a ka ua a me ka noe.
Three days he remained on Kuamooakane, thickly veiled in rain and fog.
A no laila, e hele ʻoe a i ka malihini, e lūlū lima ʻolua, a e hāʻawi aku i kou aloha nona i aloha pū ai ʻolua me ka ʻike aku o ka ʻaha ua hoʻomoe a pau wale ke kaua.”
So, you go up to the stranger and shake hands, you two, and welcome him, to let the people see that the fight is altogether hushed up."
Ch.9 p.49 para.17 sent.3
Mai hoʻomoe hou ʻoe iaʻu iā ʻAiwohikupua.”
Do not force Aiwohikupua on me again."
Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.2
ʻĪ ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ʻo ia wale nō, “ʻAʻole nō kā hoʻi ʻoe e kala i makemake ai, hoʻolohi wale iho nō,” a no ka peʻahi a ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, hoʻomoe ihola kēia i ka nalu a pae pono akula ma kahi a Lāʻieikawai mā e noho mai ana.
Hauailiki boasted to himself, "You wanted me all the time; you just delayed." And at the signal of the princess of Paliuli he lay upon the breaker and landed right where Laieikawai and her companions were sitting;
Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.2
Ua hoʻomoe aʻela nō ko kākou kupuna wahine e like me kona makemake, ʻaʻohe a mākou ʻōlelo.
marry him as your grandmother wishes; not a word from us.
Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.5
A ma hope, he manu ʻokoʻa ka manu nana i lele mai a hoʻomoe i ua pūnana nei.
And by-and-by another bird flew hither and sat upon the nest,
Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.6
ʻAʻole naʻe wau i ʻike i ka lele ʻana aku ʻo ka manu hope nana i hoʻomoe ua pūnana nei, a puoho wale aʻela wau.
[However I didn't see the last bird fly away who sat on the nest, and then I awoke.]
I kekahi lā, i ke aliʻi wahine e hoʻonānā ana i kona aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā, piʻi aʻela ʻo ia a me kona mau kahu i luna o Kaiwiopele a noho ihola ma laila.
One day, as the princess sought to ease the love she bore to Kekalukaluokewa, she climbed Kaiwiopele with her attendants, and sat there
ʻAʻole kekahi mea o ʻoukou i hoʻonele ʻia i ka pōmaikaʻi, akā, ʻo ia nei (Kaʻōnohiokalā) nō ko māua mea e hiki mai i o ʻoukou nei e ʻike i ka pono o ko ʻoukou noho ʻana.”
not one of you lacks fortune. But Kaonohiokala will visit you to look after your welfare."
Inā e lohe ʻoe i ke keʻu a ka ʻalae a me ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki e hoʻonēnē ana, i ia manawa, e puka ʻoe mai ka hale nei aku, a kū ma waho o ke anaina.
until you hear the cry of the alae bird, and the ewaewaiki calling; then come out of the house and stand before the assembly.
Iā ia e pule ana a i ka waenakonu o ka manawa, kū maila i mua o ua makāula nei ke kāhoaka o Lāʻieikawai a me kona kupuna wahine, a no kēia mea, hoʻoniau akula ʻo ia i ka pule ʻana; ʻaʻole naʻe i haʻalele kēlā kāhoaka iā ia a hiki i ka māʻamaʻama ʻana.
As he prayed, in the midst of the place appeared to the seer the spirit forms of Laieikawai and her grandmother; so he left off praying, nor did those spirits leave him as long as it was light.
A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa.
So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept.
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.4
Haʻi maila ka moʻopuna, “Ua hiki mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i oʻu nei ma ka moeʻuhane e ʻōlelo mai ana, e ʻāhaʻi loa ʻoe iaʻu i Hawaiʻi a hoʻonoho ma Paliuli, a ma laila kāua e noho ai.
The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in Paliuli;
Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.2
Ma hope iho o kēia haunaele ʻana, hoʻomaka hou ka hoʻonoho o ke kahua mokomoko.
After the excitement the boxing field again settled into order;
Ch.10 p.55 para.2 sent.1
I ia manawa a kona kaikuahine muli loa e hāpai ana i kēia leo kaukau i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, ua hoʻomāʻeʻele ʻia ka naʻau o ko lākou kaikunāne i ke aloha kaumaha no kona kaikuahine, a no ka nui loa o ke aloha o ʻAiwohikupua i ko lākou pōkiʻi, lālau maila a hoʻonoho ihola i luna o kona ʻūhā a uē ihola.
When his youngest sister raised this lamentation to Aiwohikupua, then the brother's heart glowed with love and longing for his sister. And because of his great love for his little sister, he took her in his arms, set her on his lap, and wept.
Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.4
ʻAʻole o ʻolua kuleana e piʻi mai ai i ʻaneʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai wau ma ʻaneʻi he kiaʻi maka mua no ke aliʻi, a naʻu nō e hoʻokuke aku i nā mea a pau i hiki mai ma ʻaneʻi me ke kuleana ʻole.
you two have no business to come up here, for I am the outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all who come here;
Ch.14 p.72 para.6 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “ʻAʻole wau e ʻae aku i ko ʻolua manaʻo, no ka mea, ʻo koʻu kuleana nō ia i hoʻonoho ʻia ai ma kēia wahi e kipaku aku i ka poʻe hele mai i uka nei e like me ʻolua.”
Said Mailehaiwale, "I will not let you; for I am put here to drive off everybody who comes up here like you two."
“ʻAʻole ʻolua e pono pēlā,” wahi a Mailekaluhea, “no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai mākou he mau kiaʻi e kipaku aku i nā mea a pau i hele mai i kēia wahi, no laila, e hoʻi ʻolua!”
"You two have no such right," said Mailekaluhea, "for we guards are stationed here to drive off everybody who comes to this place: so, you two go back."
No kuʻu manaʻo he wahaheʻe na kuʻu wahi kahu, no laila, kauoha aʻe ana wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa i ke kaula, akā, ua hala ʻē ua wahi kahu nei oʻu i uka o Paliuli e nīnau aku i ua wahine nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ʻole ʻana i kai i ia pō me ka haʻi aku nō hoʻi e make ana ia.
Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to tell her he was to die.
Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.1
“ʻAʻole ʻoukou e hiki,” wahi a ka wahine “no ka mea, e kauoha nō wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa iā ʻoe.
"You can not." said the woman. "for I will order the executioner
to hold you fast;
Ch.9 p.48 para.10 sent.1
“Hoʻopaʻa nō hoʻi ʻoe,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “Kainoa ua haʻi mua iho nei wau iā ʻoe i koʻu manaʻo e hoʻi kākou.
"You are persistent.'" said Aiwohikupua. "Did I not tell you I
wanted to go back,
Ch.26 p.137 para.4 sent.3
No laila, koi ikaika aʻela lākou i ke aliʻi e hoʻopaʻa ʻia i loko o ka hale paehumu (ka hale paʻahao), kahi e hoʻopaʻa ai i ko ke aliʻi poʻe lawehala.
They strongly urged the chief, therefore, to bind him within the
house of detention, the prison house, where the chief's enemies are
wont to be imprisoned.
Ch.26 p.137 para.5 sent.1
Ma ka lā o ua makāula nei e hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai, a ma ia pō iho, ma ka wanaʻao, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua, a ma kona ʻano makāula, ua hiki aku ka leo o kāna pule i mua o kona akua.
On the day of his imprisonment, that night at dawn, he prayed to his god.
Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.2
A hiki akula ka ilāmuku ma waho o ka hale, kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ka makāula, a kāhea akula ʻo ia me ka leo nui,
When the executioner came to the outside of the prison, he called with a loud voice:
A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea ma kahi kaʻawale aku, a ma ia pō iho, lawe akula ʻo ia hoʻokahi pū maiʻa, ua wahī ʻia i ke kapa, me he kupapaʻu lā, a hoʻokomo ʻia i loko o kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ua makāula nei, a hoʻi akula a hui me kāna mau kaikamāhine, a haʻi akula i kēia mau mea a me kona pilikia ʻana.
Now the seer heard this command from some distance away, and in the night he took a banana plant covered with tapa like a human figure and put it inside the place where he had been imprisoned, and went back and joined his daughters and told them all about his troubles.
A i ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka lā, i ka wā i haʻalele iho ai nā kukuna wela o ka lā i nā mauna, i ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hiwahiwa e hoʻopaʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka pū.
And in the morning of the next day, at sunrise, when the hot rays of the sun rose over the mountains, Then the Beloved began to punish Aiwohikupua and Waka.
Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.2
Hāʻawi ʻia ka make no Waka, a ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻopaʻi ʻia akula ia e lilo i kanaka ʻilihune e ʻaeʻa haukaʻe ana ma luna o ka ʻāina a hiki i kona mau lā hope.
To Waka he meted out death, and Aiwohikupua was punished by being deprived of all his wealth, to wander like a vagrant over the earth until the end of his days.
Ch.30 p.166 para.9 sent.1
A pau ka hoʻopaʻi a ke aliʻi no nā ʻenemi, hoʻonoho aʻela ke aliʻi o luna iā Kahalaomāpuana i mōʻī, a hoʻonoho pākahi akula i nā kaikuahine ona ma nā mokupuni.
When the chief had avenged them upon their enemies, the chief placed Kahalaomapuana as ruler over them and stationed his other sisters over separate islands.
Akā, ʻo Waka, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hoʻokō, me ka ʻōlelo mai, “Inā he akua ka mea nāna e luku mai, a laila, he akua nō koʻu e hiki ai ke hoʻopakele iaʻu a me kaʻu mau aliʻi.”
But Waka would not listen, and answered, "If a god is the one to bring destruction, then I have another god to save me and my chiefs."
Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.3
Ma ke noi a Lāʻieikawai e hoʻopakele iā Lāʻielohelohe a me kāna kāne, no laila, ua māʻalo aʻe ka pilikia mai o lāua aʻe, a no lāua kekahi kuleana ma ka ʻāina ma ia hope iho.
At the Request of Laieikawai to spare Laielohelohe and her husband, the danger passed them by, and they became rulers over the land thereafter.
ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i hoʻopalau me Hinaikamalama, ke kaikamahine aliʻi kaulana o Hāna?
Are you not betrothed to Hinaikamalama, the famous princess of Hana?
Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hoʻomaikaʻi akula i mua o Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e lilo ia i kāne hoʻopalau na Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e holo pū i Kauaʻi.
At these words Aiwohikupua knelt and did reverence to Poliahu and begged to become Poliahu's betrothed and asked her to go with him to Kauai.
Ch.17 p.88 para.2 sent.2
A hiki lāua, nīnau aku i nā kamaʻāina, “ʻAuhea lā ka wahine hoʻopalau a ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi?”
and came and asked the people of the place, "Where is the woman who is betrothed to the chief of Kauai?"
Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.2
ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.”
The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you."
Ch.19 p.95 para.2 sent.1
A hoʻomākaukau ihola lāua e hōʻoluʻolu no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki ma ka hoʻopalau ʻana, a laila, hiki hou maila ke anu iā Hinaikamalama, ʻo ka lua ia o kona loaʻa i ke anu.
As they began to take their ease in fulfillment of their vow at the betrothal, then the cold came a second time upon Hinaikamalama.
Ch.19 p.96 para.2 sent.1
Pane akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, “Ua pau kāua, no ka mea, ua pili aʻela nō nā kino o kāua, a ua kō aʻela nō ka hoʻohiki a kāua no ka hoʻopalau ʻana.”
Hinaikamalama answered, "We must part, for we have met and our vow is fulfilled."
ʻAʻole naʻe ke aliʻi i ʻike i ka waiwai o ia hana ʻana, no laila, hoʻopau ihola ke aliʻi i ia hana.
but he gained nothing by it, so he quit it.
Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.5
E pono ke hoʻopau ka mokomoko ʻana a me kou ʻaʻa ʻana aku i ka malihini.
and put an end to the game and stop challenging the stranger.
Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.4
A no kāu noi mai e lawe kāua iā kāua i mau mea hoʻohui, no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, aia a hoʻopau ʻoe i kāu hoʻohiki mua, a laila, ʻaʻole naʻu e lawe iā ʻoe.
And as to your wishing our union, I assure you, until you have made an end of your first vow it is not my part to take you,
Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.1
“E ke aliʻi wahine, ʻaʻole pēlā,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻaʻole au i hoʻopau i kā kāua hoʻohiki, ke mau nei nō ia.
"O princess, not so!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not to end our vow — that still holds;
Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.1
A lohe maila ke aliʻi i kā lāua haukamumu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a hea akula iā Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko ke kaikamahine naʻau kaumaha, a komo akula ka malihini e launa me ke aliʻi.
When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger entered to visit the princess.
Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.1
A ʻike maopopo aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole i komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka makemake iā Hauaʻiliki ma ia mea, hoʻopau aʻela ʻo ia i ka heʻe nalu ma ka papa; manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e kaha. Haʻalele ihola ʻo ia i kona papa a ʻau akula i kūlana heʻe nalu.
When Hauailiki saw that Laieikawai still paid no attention to him he made up his mind to come in on the surf without the board.
Ma hope iho o ko ke aliʻi hoʻopau ʻana no ka inu ʻawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ke aliʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana o Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane a me ke kumu o kona hoʻomau ʻana i ka inu ʻawa, a haʻi pū akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi i ke kumu o kona kau ʻana i kānāwai paʻa, no ka mea, walaʻau i loko o kona wā hiamoe.
It was only after he quit awa drinking that he told anyone how Laieikawai had come to him in the dream and why he had drunk the awa and also why he had laid the command upon them not to talk while he slept.
I loko o kēia manawa, lohe pono loa akula ke aliʻi nui o Molokaʻi i kēia leo, a laila, hoʻōki aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha i lohe ʻia aku ai ka ʻōlelo a kēia kanaka malihini e kūhea nei, no ka mea, i loko o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i ka ʻoliʻoli me ke ʻano pīhoihoi.
Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and gladness.
Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kuhina, a laila ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ke aliʻi naʻau i ka ʻoliʻoli, no ka mea ua lohe kēlā iā Kauakahialiʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana i ua wahi kanaka nei, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, i hiki ai i kai o Keaʻau.
Then the chief's heart rejoiced, for Kauakahialii had told him how this same man had got Laieikawai to come down to Keaau,
Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.1
I loko o kēia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomāpuana, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ʻAiwohikupua naʻau i ke aloha nui, a kāhea aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻoemi hope nā waʻa, akā, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i hope no ka ikaika loa o ka holo o nā waʻa.
Dining this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men paddling,
Ch.18 p.92 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa nō a Hinaikamalama a haʻiʻōlelo lā, a laila, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ʻo Poliʻahu i ka huhū wela, ʻo kona hoʻi nō ia i Mauna Kea a hiki i kēia lā.
Then at Hinaikamalama's story, Poliahu was filled with hot anger; and she went back to White Mountain and is there to this day.
Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.1
A i ka ʻumi o ka lā, kuʻu ʻia maila ua alanui nei i mua o ke anaina a kau akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ke alanui ʻūlili i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona, a huli maila me ka naʻau kaumaha, i hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i nakulu wai o Kūlanihākoʻi, me ka ʻī mai, “E nā aliʻi, nā makaʻāinana, ke haʻalele nei wau iā ʻoukou.
And on the tenth day, the pathway was let down again before the assembly, and Kahalaomapuana mounted upon the ladder way prepared for her and turned with heavy heart, her eyes filled with a flood of tears, the water drops of Kulanihakoi, and said: "O chiefs and people, I am leaving you
Ch.34 p.189 para.1 sent.1
I ia manawa, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ka lewa, a hoʻopiha ʻia i nā leo wawalo o ka hanehane, me ka leo uē, “Ua hāʻule ka lani!
Then the air was darkened and it was filled with the cry of wailing spirits and the voice of lamentation — "The divine one has fallen!
Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale , e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu.
he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither;
He ʻike hiki he hana ʻia kekahi hana ma kahi malū, a he kaikamahine manaʻopaʻa nō, ʻaʻole e hoʻopilimeaʻai, o manaʻo auaneʻi ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, o haʻi ʻia kāna hana kalohe ʻana i mua o Moanalihaikawaokele, no laila ʻo ia i hoʻokaʻawale ai i kona kaikuahine.
who could see things done in secret; and she was a resolute girl, not one to give in. Kaonohiokala thought she might disclose to Moanalihaikawaokele this evil doing;
so he got his sister away,
A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana.
When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped.
Iā lākou e hālāwai ana me ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻopuka maila ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini he ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi, penei nō ia, “Ua lohe wau i ko ʻoukou kaikaina he poʻe ʻoukou no ka hanauna hoʻokahi, a he poʻe koko like ʻoukou, a no laila, ke lawe nei au iā ʻoukou ma ke ʻano o ke koko hoʻokahi.
And at this interview with the princess she promised them her protection, as follows: "I have heard from your younger sister that you are all of the same parentage and the same blood; therefore I shall treat you all as one blood with me,
Ch.13 p.69 para.5 sent.2
ʻAkahi wale nō a iho nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ma kēia hele ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e like me kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi.
This was the very first time that the sisters of Aiwohikupua had come down with Laieikawai, according to their compact.
Ch.19 p.98 para.6 sent.1
Iā Kauakahialiʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa ma Pihanakalani ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai Hawaiʻi mai, ʻoiai ua kokoke mai ko lāua mau lā hope, i ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā, i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ona, a eia nō ia, “E kuʻu aikāne aloha nui, ke waiho aku nei wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ou, no ka mea, ke kokoke mai nei koʻu mau lā hope, a hoʻi aku i ka ʻaoʻao mau o ka honua.
After their return from Hawaii, Kauakahialii lived with Kailiokalauokekoa at Pihanakalani. Now the end of their days was near. Then Kauakahialii laid a blessing upon his friend, Kekalukaluokewa, and this it was: "Ah! my friend, greatly beloved, I give you my blessing, for the end of my days is near, and I am going back to the other side of the earth.
Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.2
Hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a haʻi akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ī aku, “Ua kūkākūkā mākou, kou mau kiaʻi kino, i ka manawa e pono ana ko ʻolua noho ʻana me ko kupuna wahine, a ua lawe aku nei kēlā i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia maiā ʻoe aku.
Kahalaomapuana came to Laieikawai, and she said: "We became your bodyguard while Waka still protected you; now she has removed her guardianship and left you.
Ch.23 p.121 para.7 sent.3
A no koʻu manaʻo ʻo ʻoe nō ka mea nāna e hoʻopōmaikaʻi nei iaʻu ma nā mea aʻu e makemake ai, no laila wau i hiki hou mai nei.”
And because I remembered that you were the one who fulfilled my wishes, therefore I have come up here again."
Ch.26 p.136 para.2 sent.1
ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ka makua, ua hala ke kau o koʻu pōmaikaʻi nui, no ka mea, ua lawe aku ʻo Waka i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia mai oʻu aku nei.
Laieikawai answered, "Father, the time of my prosperity has passed, for Waka has taken her favor from me:
Akā, ma kēia hope aku, e kali ʻoe a loaʻa iaʻu he pōmaikaʻi ʻoi aku ma mua o ka pōmaikaʻi a me ka hanohano i loaʻa mua iaʻu, a laila, ʻo ʻoe pū kekahi me mākou i hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia.”
but hereafter I shall win honor beyond my former honor and glory; then you shall also rise to prosperity with us."
ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?”
Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?"
Ch.8 p.44 para.5 sent.2
A pau nā waʻa i ka hoʻoponopono a me nā ukana a lākou, i ia wā nō, hoʻolale koke aʻe ana ke aliʻi i nā kaikuahine a me kona kuhina e piʻi i uka o Paliuli, a ua hoʻoholo koke lākou i ia manaʻo o ke aliʻi.
and after putting to rights the canoe and the baggage, the chief at once began urging his sisters
and his counsellor to go up to Paliuli; and they readily assented to the chief's wish.
Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.1
A make akula ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa, lilo aʻela ka noho aliʻi a pau loa iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a hoʻoponopono akula ʻo ia i ka ʻāina a me nā kānaka a pau ma lalo o kona noho aliʻi.
After Kailiokalauokekoa'sdeath, the chief's house and all things else became Kekalukaluokewa's, and he portioned out the land and set up his court.
Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.2
Ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o kāna hoʻoponopono ʻana i ka ʻāina a me kona noho aliʻi ʻana, i ia manawa, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne no Lāʻieikawai.
After apportioning the land and setting up his court, Kekalukaluokewa bethought him of his friend's charge concerning Laieikawai.
Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.4
A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma Pihanakalani, a ili aʻela ka hoʻoponopono o nā ʻāina a me ke aupuni iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a hoʻolilo ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, ʻo ia ke kolu o ka hoʻoilina o ka noho aliʻi.
and they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir to the chief's seat.
Ch.30 p.166 para.10 sent.1
A pau ka hoʻoponopono ʻana no kēia mau mea, a pono ka noho ʻana, kāʻili pū ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kāna kāne ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa, a noho ma kahi mau o kāna kāne.
After all these things were put in order and well established, Laieikawai and her husband were taken on the rainbow to the land within the clouds and dwelt in the husband's home.
Ma hope o ko Lāʻieikawai hoʻāo ʻana me Kaʻōnohiokala me ka hoʻoponopono i ka noho ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine, ka makāula a me Kekalukaluokēwā ma, a pau kēia mau mea i ka hoʻoponopono ʻia, hoʻi akula lāua i luna o ka ʻaina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea, a noho ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.
After the marriage of Laieikawai and Kaonohiokala, when his sisters and the seer and Kekalukaluokewa and his wife were well established, after all this had been set in order, they returned to the country in the heavens called Kahakaekaea and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti.
ʻO ia hoʻi, he mea kaumaha naʻe iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kaʻawale ʻana aku mai kona noho aliʻi aku a me nā makaʻāinana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine naʻau makemake ʻole e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani e ka hailona.
Lo! she was sorrowful at separating herself from her own chief-house and the people of the land; darkened was the princess's heart by the unwelcome lot that sent her back to Kealohilani.
Ch.34 p.189 para.1 sent.1
I ia manawa, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ka lewa, a hoʻopiha ʻia i nā leo wawalo o ka hanehane, me ka leo uē, “Ua hāʻule ka lani!
Then the air was darkened and it was filled with the cry of wailing spirits and the voice of lamentation — "The divine one has fallen!
I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo.
While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble.
Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.3
I ia manawa, ua hoʻopūʻiwa koke ʻia ko Kahalaomāpuana lunamanaʻo no ka ʻike ʻana aku iā Lāʻieikawai e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu e like me kona ʻano mau.
then, Kahalaomapuanawas terrified to see Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds as was her custom;
Ch.17 p.87 para.2 sent.2
I ua moʻo nei e moe ana, hikilele aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe ʻana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia e ka hohono ʻīlio.
he was suddenly startled from sleep; he was awakened by the scent of a dog.
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.1
A no ka hoʻopuka ʻana o ka mea waʻa i kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ke kamaʻāina o māua, e hele loa ana anei ʻoe?
When the canoe man had spoken thus, Laieikawai said, "Our host, shall you be gone long ?
Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.2
ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike leʻa i ke ʻano o ua kaikamahine lā, akā, i loko o ko māua wā kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka maila ke kaikamahine i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana.
but I could not see plainly the daughter's face. But while we were talking the girl unveiled her face.
Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.4
I ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana a ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau mea a pau, penei nō ia, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou.
and the chief made oath before all his people: "Where are you?
Ch.4 p.23 para.8 sent.2
I ia wā ka hoʻopuka ʻana o lāua i ʻōlelo hoʻoholo no ke kiʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine male.
At this time they began to talk about getting Laieikawai for a wife.
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.1
A i loko o ko lāua manawa kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “He nani hoʻi ia ua pili aʻe nei koʻu kino me ʻoe, a ua maikaʻi nō, akā, ʻaʻole kāua e launa koke.
During the talk, Aiwohikupua gave to the princess this counsel. "Although I belong to you, and this is well, yet let us not at once become lovers,
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
I ia manawa, ua maopopo leʻa i ka makāula he aliʻi nui ka mea nona kēia ānuenue e piʻo nei a me nā ʻōnohi ʻelua i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ao polohiwa a puni.
By that time the seer saw clearly that it was the sign of a great chief— this rainbow arch and the two ends of a rainbow encircled in dark clouds.
Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.2
I loko hoʻi o ko lāua ʻike ʻana i ua kaikamahine aliʻi nei o Hāna, a laila, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e nā kuko, a ʻo ia nō hoʻi ke kumu o ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana ma laila i ia lā.
When they saw the princess of Hana, the chief and his counsellor conceived a passion for her; that was the reason why Aiwohikupua stayed there that day.
Ch.4 p.25 para.4 sent.2
A iā lāua e heʻe nalu ana, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻopuni ʻia maila ke aliʻi wahine no ʻAiwohikupua, a ua nui ka poʻe i hoʻopuni paʻa ʻia no ka makemake i ke aliʻi kāne.
and as they rode, behold I the princess conceived a passion for Aiwohikupua, and many others took a violent liking to the chief.
Ch.7 p.38 para.2 sent.1
A no ka manaʻo nui o ke aliʻi e ʻike i kēlā wahine, peʻahi ʻia akula a iho koke maila kēlā me kona ʻaʻahu kapa i hoʻopuni ʻia i ka hau, a hāʻawi maila i kona aloha iā ʻAiwohikupua, a aloha akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi kāne i kona aloha ma ka lūlū lima ʻana.
As the chief had a great desire to see the woman, she was beckoned to: and she approached with her cloak all covered with snow and gave her greeting to Aiwohikupua, and he greeted her in return by shaking hands.
Ch.18 p.90 para.3 sent.1
Ma nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he ʻumi kaulua e hoʻopuni ana i ko ke aliʻi waʻa, a ma luna o nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he poʻe akamai i ke kāʻeke.
Following the chief and surrounding his canoe came ten double canoes filled with expert dancers.
Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.3
E noho ana wau i loko o ka lā, i waena o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ʻōnohi aliʻi.
sitting within the sun in the center of its ring of light, encircled by the rainbow of a chief.
Ma ke kakahiaka, i nā kukuna o ka lā i haʻalele iho ai i nā mauna, ʻike ʻia akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e noho ana i loko o ka wela kūkanono o ka lā ma waena pono o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ānuenue a me ka ua koko.
in the early morning when the rays of the sun rose above the mountain, Kaonohiokala was seen sitting within the smoking heat of the sun, right in the middle of the sun's ring, encircled with rainbows and a red mist.
No laila, i hele mai nei wau e ʻike i ko ia ala hoʻopunipuni nui iaʻu, no ka mea, hiki aʻe kēlā i Hāna ma Maui, e heʻe nalu ana mākou.
therefore I came here to see how he had lied to me. For that man there came to Hana on Maui while we were surf riding.
Ch.32 p.175 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, hoʻopuka akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ʻōlelo hoʻopunipuni i mua o Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia ka hā o nā lā kaʻawale o lāua, me ka ʻī aku, “Haʻohaʻo hoʻi kēia pō oʻu.
Then on the fourth day of their separation, he told a lie to Laieikawai and said, "This was a strange night for me,
I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.”
Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union."
Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa e hoʻouhi aku ai wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Puna nei, a ma loko o ia noe, e hoʻouna aku nō wau iā ʻoe ma luna o nā manu a hui ʻolua me Kekalukaluokēwā me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia.
at that time I will cover all the land of Puna with a mist, and in this mist I will send you on the wings of birds to meet Kekalukaluokewa without your being seen.
Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.4
Aia a hiki aku ma hope iho o ka ʻauinalā, i ia manawa, e hoʻouhi aku wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, a ma luna hoʻi o kahi e ʻākoakoa ai nā kānaka.
until day declines, then I will send a mist to cover the land, and the place where the people are assembled.
Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.1
Iā Lāʻielohelohe mā i hiki aku ai ma ka hale a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana, aia hoʻi, e hiamoe mai ana lāua ma kahi hoʻokahi; ua hoʻouhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu hoʻokahi; e moe ana naʻe i ka ʻona a ka ʻawa.
When Laielohelohe and her companions came to the house where Kekalukaluokewa was staying, lo! they lay sleeping in the same place under one covering, drunk with awa.
I ia manawa naʻe a ia nei e kāhea nei, ʻaʻole i lohe pono mai ka ʻaha, no ka mea, ua uhi ʻia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka ʻaha a me ka nēnē no ka hoʻouka kaua.
Now when he shouted, he could not be heard, for his voice was smothered in the clamor of the crowd and the noise of the onset.
Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.3
I ia manawa, pili akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kumulāʻau milo e nānā ana no ka hoʻouka kaua.
then Aiwohikupua leaned against the trunk of a milo tree to watch the attack begin.
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1
A pau kāna pule ʻana, kū aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i luna me ka maka ikaika a mākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua a nīnau akula iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākauakau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu?”
At the close of this prayer Aiwohikupua stood up with confident face and asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?"
Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1
A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua.
When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle.
Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, wehe aʻela ua moʻo nei i kona a i luna e hoʻouka no ke kaua me Kalāhūmoku.
then the lizard lifted his upper jaw to begin the fight with Kalahumoku.
Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.1
Ma ke ahiahi o ua lā hoʻouka kaua nei o nā kupuʻeu, hoʻi mai ana ʻo Kalāhūmoku me ka nāwaliwali; ua pau ke aho.
In the evening of the day of the fight between the two marvelous creatures Kalahumoku came limping back exhausted;
Haʻi maila nā wāhine iā lākou, “He ʻaha hoʻokūkū mokomoko, a ʻo ka mea ʻoi o ka ikaika, a laila, ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia e hele e kuʻikuʻi me ke kanaka Kauaʻi i hakakā mai nei me Ihuanu a make mai nei ua ʻo Ihuanu.
The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose;
Ch.5 p.32 para.4 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ua wahi kamaʻāina nei, “Hoʻokahi nō ikaika o kēia ʻaha, ʻo Hāunakā, a ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia ana i Kohala e hakakā me ke kanaka Kauaʻi.”
The man answered. "Haunaka is the only strong one in this crowd, and he is to be sent to Kohala to fight with the Kauai man."
Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, hele akula kahi kahu a hiki i kahi o nā kaikamāhine, a ʻike maila lākou i kēia mea, haʻi akula ʻo ia, “He ʻalele wau i hoʻouna ʻia mai nei e kuʻu aliʻi e kiʻi mai i kekahi o ʻoukou e like me kaʻu mea e manaʻo ai e lawe.
At these words of the princess, the nurse went and came to the place where the sisters were and they saw her, and she said, "I am a messenger sent hither by my chief to fetch whichever one of you I want to take;
Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.2
Inā e lilo mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, he ʻoi ʻoe, a naʻu nō e hoʻouna me ʻoe i mau kānaka, a iaʻu nā waʻa.
if you get Laieikawai, you are a lucky fellow, and I will send men with you and a double canoe;
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.5
A inā i nui mai ka paʻakikī, a laila, e hoʻouna aʻe ʻoe i kekahi manu kiaʻi ou i oʻu lā, a laila, e hele mai au e hoʻohui iā kākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, a naʻu ponoʻī e kipaku aku iā ia.
and if he still insists then despatch one of the guardian birds to me, then we will all meet at the same place, and I myself will drive him away.
Ch.15 p.79 para.5 sent.1
I ia manawa, hoʻouna akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kekahi manu kiaʻi ona a hiki i o Kahalaomāpuana lā.
Then Mailehaiwale sent one of her guardian birds to Kahalaomapuana;
A ʻike ka mea waʻa he mea kaumaha kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i mua ona, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini, “ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo e hoʻounauna aku iā ʻolua e kōkua mai iaʻu ma ka hoe pū ʻana i ka waʻa, no ka mea, he mea nui ʻolua naʻu.
The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance."
I ka pō iho, ʻōlelo hoʻowalewale akula ʻo Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻī aku, “Iā kāua e noho nei i uka nei, mai ko kāua noho ʻana i uka nei a hiki i kēia manawa, ʻaʻole he pau o koʻu leʻaleʻa i ka heʻe nalu.
That night Halaaniani deceived Laieikawai, saying, "Ever since we have lived up here, my delight in surf riding has never ceased;
Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.4
I ʻehā lā āu e mākaʻi aku ai, a ʻike ʻoe i kāna hana mau, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe a haʻi mai iaʻu, a laila, naʻu e hoʻouna aku iā ʻoe e hoʻowalewale i ua kaikamahine lā.
for four days, and see what she does; then come back and tell me; then I will send you to seduce the girl.
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.1
Ma ia hope iho, hāpai hou ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau hou maila he kaikamahine.
After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second
daughter,
Ch.1 p.2 para.2 sent.1
Ma hope mai, ua hāpai wale nō ʻo Mālaekahana he mau kaikamāhine wale nō.
Afterwards Malaekahana bore more daughters,
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.4
Ma hope iho o kēia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻielohelohe i uka o Wahiawā ma kahi i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kūkaniloko.
Now, Kapukaihaoa took Laielohelohe to the uplands of Wahiawa, to the place called Kukaniloko.
Ch.2 p.7 para.4 sent.1
A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa.
So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept.
Ch.2 p.8 para.6 sent.1
Iā lākou e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, lele akula ka makāula ma hope o ka waʻa, a lilo ihola iā ia ka hoʻokele.
As he spoke, the seer sprang to the stern of the canoe, took charge of the steering,
I ia manawa, ua hala hope loa kekahi mau kaikuahine a hala mua lākou lā.
then the other sisters were left far behind and the canoe went ahead.
Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.1
I loko o kēia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomāpuana, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ʻAiwohikupua naʻau i ke aloha nui, a kāhea aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻoemi hope nā waʻa, akā, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i hope no ka ikaika loa o ka holo o nā waʻa.
Dining this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men paddling,
Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.1
“ʻAe,” wahi a ko lākou kaikaina, “e hoʻā kākou i ahi ma kēlā pō kēia pō a e oli aku ka hānau mua, a laila, i ka muli iho, pēlā a pau kākou i hoʻokahi nō olioli ʻana a ka mea hoʻokahi ma ka pō, a laila, iaʻu ka pō hope loa .
"yes," said their younger sister, "let us burn a fire every night, and let the oldest sing, then the next, and so on until the last of us, only one of us sing each night, then I will come the last night;
Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.1
I ka lima o ka pō, ʻo ia ko Kahalaomāpuana pō, ʻo ka hope loa nō hoʻi ia, hoʻā ihola ke ahi, a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hana ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana he pū lāʻī a hoʻokani akula.
On the fifth night, Kahalaomapuana's night, the last night of all, they lighted the fire, and at midnight Kahalaomapuana made a trumpet of a ti leaf and played on it.
Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana lele ʻana i loko o ke kai mai luna iho o nā waʻa, e holo ikaika loa ana nā waʻa i ia manawa, no laila, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana.
At the time when Kahalaomapuana leaped from the canoe into the sea it was going very swiftly, so she fell far behind.
A no ka ʻike ʻana o ka makāula i kēlā hōʻailona, kū aʻela ʻo ia a hopu he wahi puaʻa, he moa lawa, me ka pū ʻawa e hoʻomākaukau ana no ka hiki mai o ʻAiwohikupua.
When the prophet saw that sign he arose and caught a little pig and a black cock, and pulled a bundle of awa root to prepare for Aiwohikupua's coming.
Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.1
lele koke akula ka makāula a hopu i nā wāwae o ke aliʻi, a kau ihola i luna o ka ʻāʻī a uē ihola.
Instantly the seer ran and clasped the chief's feet and climbed upward to his neck and wept,
Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.5
I ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, hopu akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻaʻahu ʻahuʻula, a hāʻawi akula i kahi kanaka, a piʻi akula.
At sunset Aiwohikupua caught up his feather cloak and gave it to the other to carry, and they ascended.
Ch.13 p.69 para.8 sent.2
I nā kamaʻāina e ʻākoakoa ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu, wehe aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona ʻaʻahu kapa, hopu ihola i kona papa heʻe nalu (he olo) a hele akula a ma kahi e kūpono ana iā Lāʻieikawai mā, kū ihola ʻo ia no kekahi mau minuke.
While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of wili wili wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party sat, and stood there for some minutes;
Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.9
Inā i maliu ʻole mai kēlā i kāu ʻōlelo, a hoʻomākaukau lāua e heʻe i ko lāua nalu pau, iā lāua e heʻe ai, a laila, hopu aku ʻoe i nā wāwae o Lāʻieikawai i heʻe aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ʻo ia wale.
"If they pay no attention to yon, and prepare to ride in on their last wave, as they ride you must seize hold of Laieikawai's feet while Kekalukaluokewa rides in alone.
Ch.21 p.109 para.3 sent.2
Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻomoe aku i ka nalu, e hopu aku ana ʻo Halaaniani ma nā kapuaʻi o Lāʻieikawai, a lilo maila ma kona lima, lilo akula ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai, pae akula naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a kau a kahi maloʻo.
As Kekalukaluokewa and Laieikawai lay resting on the wave, Halaaniani caught Laieikawai by the soles of her feet and got his arm around her, and Laieikawai's surf board was lost. Kekalukaluokewa rode in alone and landed on the dry beach.
Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.2
A hiki ʻo Waka ma kahi o Kekalukaluokēwā, hopu akula ma nā wāwae me ka naʻau kaumaha, a ʻōlelo akula, “He nui kuʻu kaumaha a me kuʻu aloha iā ʻoe, e ke Aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻupu aku wau i kaʻu moʻopuna ʻo ʻoe ke kāne e ola ai kēia mau iwi.
When Waka reached Kekalukaluokewa's place, she clasped his feet and said, with sorrowful heart: "Great is my grief and my love for you, O chief, for I desired you for my grandchild as the man to save these bones.
Ma ia hope iho, hāpai hou ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau hou maila he kaikamahine.
After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second
daughter,
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.1
A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe.
When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you?
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.4
Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola.
Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola.
Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.1
A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi maila ʻo ia, akā, ʻike aʻela kēia ma loko o ka wai i kēia mea e noho ana ma luna iho, emi hope hou akula ʻo Waka, no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻo ia ʻo Kahauokapaka kēia mea ma kaʻe o ka luawai.
After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink of the water hole.
Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.2
Hoʻi hou akula ʻo Waka me kāna moʻopuna a hiki i ka mōlehulehu ʻana, hoʻomakākiu hou maila ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ua hele aku kēlā mea āna i ʻike ai, akā, aia nō ua makāula nei ma kāna wahi i noho mua ai, no laila, hoʻi hope hou ʻo Waka.
Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again.
Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.2
No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi.
Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this.
A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa.
So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept.
Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu.
he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither;
Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.3
I ia manawa, e waiho koke mai ana ʻo Ihuanu i ka puʻupuʻu, hū ka makani ma ka pāpālina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻaʻole naʻe i kū, no ka mea, ua ʻalo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ia ka mea i hala ai.
Then Cold-nose instantly delivered a blow like the whiz of the wind at Aiwohikupua's face, but Aiwohikupua dodged and he missed it.
Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, lohe akula lākou i ka hū o ka nahele i ka makani o ke alelo o ua a moʻo nui nei ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku e hanu mai ana iā lākou nei.
Then they heard the humming of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them,
Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.3
ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.”
not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard."
Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.14
Naʻu naʻe i hoʻohuahualau aku, a no laila, hū mai koʻu aloha me kaʻu kāne iā ʻoe, hele mai nei wau e haʻi aku iā ʻoe.”
that is my secret: and therefore my husband and I took pity on you and I came to tell you."
I ia lā o lākou i hiki ai ma Waiʻanae, kauoha ka makāula i nā kānaka e noho ma laila a hoʻi mai ʻo ia mai ka huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana.
On the day when they reached Waianae the seer ordered the
rowers to wait there until he returned from making the circuit of the island.
Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.2
No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi.
Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this.
Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.2
Akā, ua maopopo i kona poʻe nānā uli a kilokilo hoʻi, he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele i kāna huakaʻi.
And the steersmen as well as soothsayers saw plainly that he might go on his journey.
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.2
Aia a hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻohiki wau ma mua o kuʻu holo ʻana mai nei, ʻaʻole wau e launa me kekahi o nā wāhine ʻē aʻe.
not until I return from my journey about Hawaii; for I vowed before sailing hither to know no woman
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.6
A hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi mākaʻikaʻi mai, a laila, e hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili o ka wahine aliʻi.
and when I return from sight-seeing, then the princess's stake shall be paid.
Ch.5 p.31 para.8 sent.1
ʻŌlelo akula kona kuhina, “Ua oki ia manaʻo ou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole he huakaʻi mokomoko kā kāua i hele mai nei.
His counsellor answered, "Break off that notion, for we are not taking this journey for boxing contests,
A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā a hālāwai me nā kaikuahine, i ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana i ʻōlelo i kona mau kaikuahine penei, “Iaʻu i hele aku nei i kaʻu huakaʻi hele , ua haʻohaʻo paha ʻoukou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i haʻi aku iā ʻoukou i ke kumu o ia hele ʻana.
Aiwohikupua reached Kauai at sunset and met his sisters. Then he spoke thus to his sisters: "Perhaps you wondered when I went on my journey, because I did not tell you my reason,
Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.1
Ma mua o ko lākou piʻi ʻana i Paliuli, kauoha ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa, “Eia mākou ke hele nei i kā mākou huakaʻi hele , ka mea hoʻi a kuʻu manaʻo i kau nui ai a hālāwai maka.
Before going up to Paliuli. Aiwohikupua told the steersmen and the paddlers, ''While we go on our way to seek her whom I have so longed to see face to face,
A no kēia huakēnā a kāna wahine, he mea manawa ʻole, noho ana i lalo nei ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a launa nō me Lāʻielohelohe.
And at his wife's mere suggestion, in less than no time Kaonohiokala was below in the companionship of Laielohelohe.
Hualālai (1)
Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.3
Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou.
When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says."
A pau kēia mau mea, hoʻi ihola ʻo ia ma ke ala āna i piʻi aku ai, hoʻokahi malama, a hālāwai ihola me Kihanuilūlūmoku, haʻi akula i ka huaʻōlelo, “Ua pono kāua, ua waiwai nō hoʻi.”
These words ended, she returned by the same way that she had climbed up, and within one month found Kihanuilulumoku and told all briefly, "We are all right; we have prospered."
Iā lāua i kaha aku e hoʻi a hiki i ka pahu kapu o Kahalaomāpuana, aia hoʻi i laila, ua hoʻopiʻi ʻia ka huelo o ua moʻo nui nei i luna o ka pahu kapu.
When they turned back and came to Kahalaomapuana's taboo sign, behold! the tail of the great lizard protruded above the taboo sign,
Ch.17 p.87 para.4 sent.3
Ua pau nā pepeiao a me ka huelo.
without ears or tail.
Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.2
I nānā aku ka hana o ke aliʻi i kāna ʻīlio, ua pau nā pepeiao a me ka huelo i ka moʻo, a no kēia mea, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻi, no ka mea, ua pio lākou.
when the chief looked him over, gone were the ears and tail inside the lizard. So Aiwohikupua resolved to depart, since they were vanquished.
Ch.27 p.141 para.4 sent.3
ʻO ke kino nō a me ka huelo o ua moʻo nei, i loko nō o ke kai.
the body and tail of the lizard were still in the sea.
Ch.27 p.143 para.4 sent.1
I ia manawa, hāpai maila ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i kona huelo mai loko aʻe o ka moana, piʻi ke kai i luna, me he poʻi ʻana a ka nalu i ke kumu pali, me he ʻakūkū nalu lā i poʻi i loko o ka malama ʻo Kaulua, piʻi ke ehu o ke kai i luna, pouli ka lā, kū ka punakea i uka.
Then Kihanuilulumoku lifted his tail out of the water, the sea swelled, the waves overwhelmed the cliffs from their foundations as high waves sweep the coast in February; the spume of the sea rose high, the sun was darkened, white sand was flung on the shore.
Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike mai ai iā lāua nei, he mea ʻē kona huhū, a laila, kāhea maila ʻo ia me kona mana ma ke ʻano ʻalihikaua no ke aliʻi, “E Hauaʻiliki ē!
When Kahalaomapuana saw them she was angry, and she called out to them authoritatively, as the princess's war chief, "O Hauailiki!
Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.2
Hoʻokahi naʻe kaikuahine huhū loa, ʻo kahi mea ʻuʻuku, no laila koʻu manaʻo paʻa ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, a he uku nō kou kokoke aku.”
one of them, indeed, was furious, the smallest of them; so my belief is you will not succeed, and if you go near you will get paid for it."
Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.1
ʻElua lā, ʻaʻohe mea nāna i haʻi aku kēia pilikīa iā ʻAiwohikupua mā, a no ka haʻohaʻo o ke aliʻi i ka hoʻi ʻole aku o kona mau koa, a laila, he mea ʻē ka huhū o ke aliʻi.
Two days passed; there was no one to tell of the disaster to Aiwohikupua s party, and because he wondered why they did not return the chief was angry.
Ch.18 p.92 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa nō a Hinaikamalama a haʻiʻōlelo lā, a laila, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ʻo Poliʻahu i ka huhū wela, ʻo kona hoʻi nō ia i Mauna Kea a hiki i kēia lā.
Then at Hinaikamalama's story, Poliahu was filled with hot anger; and she went back to White Mountain and is there to this day.
Ch.19 p.96 para.1 sent.2
Ua huhū paha iā kāua, no laila, ʻaʻahu aʻela i ke kapa hau ona.
she is perhaps angry with us, so she wears her snow mantle;
ʻAʻole naʻe he ʻae o kahi muli loa, a laila, hōʻailona ihola lākou ma ka huhuki ʻana i nā pua mauʻu.
But the youngest would not consent; then they drew lots by pulling the flower stems of grass;
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.1
Hele akula ka mea mua, a huhuki maila, ʻelua ʻīniha paha ka lōʻihi o kāna.
The first one went and pulled one about two inches in length,
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.2
A ʻo ka lua hoʻi, huhuki maila, a ʻoki aʻela i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻekolu ʻīniha a me ka hapa paha.
and the second one pulled and broke her flower perhaps three inches and a half;
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.3
A ʻo ke kolu hoʻi, huhuki maila i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻelua ʻīniha paha ka lōʻihi.
and the third, she pulled her grass stem about two inches long;
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.5
A ʻo Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i huhuki mai ma ke kiliʻoʻopu loloa, huhuki maila ʻo ia ma ka mea liʻiliʻi loa, ʻekolu kapuaʻi paha kona loa, a ʻoki aʻela ʻo ia i ka hapalua o kāna, a hoʻi akula, me ka manaʻo, ʻo kāna kiliʻoʻopu ka pōkole.
and Kahalaomapuana did not pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass stem was the shortest.
ʻUāʻuā akula ka pihe me ka hui o ka ʻaha i ka poʻe mākaʻikaʻi.
and all who looked on shouted.
Ch.5 p.32 para.9 sent.1
I ia manawa, lālau maila ʻo Hāunakā i nā lima o ʻAiwohikupua a aloha maila ʻo ia, a ʻo ka pau nō ia, hoʻāikāne lāua, hui ka ʻaha.
Then Haunaka seized Aiwohikupua's hand and welcomed him, and the end of it was they made friends and the players mixed with the crowd,
Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.5
Nāu nō e lawe iaʻu a hui kāua e like me kou makemake.”
but yours to take me with you as you desire."
Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.2
Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.”
but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united."
Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.”
Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union."
A hui aʻela lākou me ko lākou kaikaina, a haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna hana a me ke kumu o kona hoʻi ʻana mai e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia aʻe nei ma kēia mokuna.
They crowded about their younger sister, and she told them what had happened to her and why she had returned, as has been told in the chapter before.
Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku, ua haʻi mua aku ʻo Maliʻo i kāna ʻōlelo i kona kaikunāne penei, “E haku ʻoe i lehua, a huihui a lilo i mea hoʻokahi.
Malio had already instructed her brother, as follows: "Take lehua flowers, bind them into a cluster,
Akā, ua hāʻupu honua aʻe ka makāula, me he mea lā, ʻo kāna mea e ukali nei, a no kēia mea, neʻeneʻe loa akula ka makāula a kokoke, paʻa akula ma ka lima o kahi kanaka a huki malū akula iā ia.
So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the arm, and drew him quietly after him.
Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.5
Akā hoʻi, i hala ke anahulu me ka pō keu, a laila, ua pono ʻole māua, a laila, huki aʻe ʻoukou iaʻu.”
but if more than ten days pass, some evil has befallen us; then come to my help."
I ia manawa a ia nei i komo aku ai i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ʻike maopopo mai i ia manawa, no ka mea, ua lilo i ka hula kāʻeke.
When she came into their midst Aiwohikupua did not see her, for his attention was taken by the dance.
Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa, hele akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a i ka mea ʻume, ʻī akula, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻopau ka hula kāʻeke.
Then Hauailiki went and said to the master of ceremonies, "Go and tell Aiwohikupua to stop the dance
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward."
Ch.2 p.10 para.4 sent.2
ʻAʻole au e haʻalele ana iā ʻolua, akā, i manaʻo aʻe nei au e huli i kōkoʻolua noʻu e hoe aku ai iā ʻolua a pae i Lānaʻi.”
I shall not forsake you; but I must look for a mate to paddle you both to Lanai."
Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.2
”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi.
Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai.
Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.3
I ua makāula nei e kaʻapuni ana ma nā wahi a pau āna i kipa aku ai, ua kauoha mua aku ka makāula inā e loaʻa kāna mea e ʻimi nei, a laila, e huli aku iā ia ma kahi e loaʻa ai.
Wherever the seer stopped in his journeying he directed the people, if they found the person he was following, to search him out wherever he might be.
Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.3
Iā Ihuanu e hōʻike ana iā ia iho, huli aʻela ʻo ia a ʻike iā ʻAiwohikupua, kāhea maila, “Pehea ʻoe, e ka malihini?
As Cold-nose showed himself off he turned and saw Aiwohikupua and called out, '"How are you, stranger?
Ch.4 p.27 para.4 sent.4
I ia manawa, huli aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pale aʻela i ka mea nāna i ʻōlelo mai ma kona kua, hāʻule akula i lalo a make loa.
Then Aiwohikupua turned and gave the man at his back a push, and he fell down dead.
I ia manawa, piʻi aʻela ka ʻula o ʻAiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea lā ua hoʻoluʻu ʻia i ke koko o nā hipa keiki, huli aʻela ʻo ia a kūpono i mua o ka ʻaha a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻO wai kēia kanaka i ʻaʻa mai ai ʻo ia i ke keiki Kauaʻi nei?
Then a flush rose all over his body as if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb. He turned right to the crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy,
I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō.
Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '";
Ch.6 p.36 para.4 sent.1
A hala ka mahina ʻai, ʻike akula lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia me nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke akua i ka makāula ma ka hihiʻo i luna o Kaʻuiki.
The garden patch passed, they beheld Laieikawai's house covered with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, as the see had seen in his vision from the god on Kauwiki.
Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.5
ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike aku iā Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo ka hale kaʻu i ʻike maka aku ai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o nā manu ʻōʻō, no laila, manaʻo nō au ʻaʻole e loaʻa, hoʻi ʻokoʻa mai nei me ka nele.
I did not see Laieikawai, but my eyes beheld her house thatched with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, so I thought I could not win her and came back here unsuccessful.
Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.1
Kāhiko akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualiʻi kāne, a me nā kaukaualiʻi wahine a me nā punahele i ka ʻahuʻula, a ʻo nā haiā wāhine kekahi i kāhiko ʻia i ka ʻahu ʻoʻeno, a kāhiko ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kapa hau a Poliʻahu i hāʻawi aku ai; kau ihola i ka mahiole ʻie i haku ʻia i ka hulu o nā ʻiʻiwi.
Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given him, put on the helmet of ie vine wrought with feathers of the red iiwi bird.
Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.6
I nānā aku ka hana i ka hale o ua ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō.
and looked at the workmanship of Laieikawai's house, inwrought with the yellow feathers of the oo bird.
Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.3
Inā ua hiamoe, a laila, e hele aku ʻoe a komo i loko o ka heiau kapu, inā e ʻike aku ʻoe i ka ipu, ua ulana ʻia i ke ʻie, a ua haku ʻia ka hulu ma ka lihilihi o ke poʻi, ʻo ia ua ipu lā.
if she is asleep. then go into the taboo temple; if you see a gourd plaited with straw and feathers mounted on the edge of the cover, that is the gourd.
Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.6
Ua ulana ʻia i ke ʻie, a hana ʻia i ka hulu.
they are plaited with straw and inwrought with feathers.
Hulumāniani (10)
Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.1
I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei.
Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu;
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.1
Iā Hulumāniani i hālāwai aku ai me Poloʻula, nonoi akula ʻo ia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, a laila, hāʻawi ʻia maila ka waʻa me nā kānaka.
When Hulumaniani met Poloula he begged of him a canoe to go to Oahu. Then the canoe and men were given to him.
Ch.6 p.33 para.1 sent.2
Ma ʻaneʻi, e kamaʻilio iki kākou no Hulumāniani, ka makāula nāna i ukali mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai Kauaʻi mai, ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia ma ka helu mua o keia kaʻao.)
Here we shall say a word about Hulumaniani, the seer, who followed Laieikawai hither from Kauai, as described in the first chapter of this story.
Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.5
E ʻike i kā ʻoukou kauā iā Hulumāniani.
look upon your servant, Hulumaniani,
Ch.24 p.128 para.5 sent.1
(Ma kēia wahi, e kamaʻilio kākou no Lāʻieikawai, a me kona loaʻa ʻana i ka makāula, iā Hulumāniani.)
(At this place let us tell of Laieikawai and her meeting with the prophet, Hulumaniani.)
Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.3
Aia a lilo ʻoukou i mea e kaulana ai au, a laila, e ola auaneʻi koʻu inoa, 'Nā kaikamāhine a Hulumāniani'.
for my name will live in the saying, 'The daughters of Hulumaniani,'
A hiki akula ka ilāmuku ma waho o ka hale, kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ka makāula, a kāhea akula ʻo ia me ka leo nui,
When the executioner came to the outside of the prison, he called with a loud voice:
Humuʻula (3)
Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.1
Ma kēia holo ʻana mai Keaʻau mai a kau i Kamaeʻe ma Hilopalikū, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā laila, hiki lākou i Humuʻula ma ka palena o Hilo me Hāmākua.
On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between Hilo and Hamakua;
Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.3
A hala hope ʻo Humuʻula iā lākou, hiki lākou ma waho pono o Kealakaha, ʻike maila lākou nei i kēia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai; e hiamoe ana naʻe ke aliʻi i ia manawa.
After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore.
Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.4
Iā ʻoukou nō e holo mai ana i Humuʻula, ua ʻike wau nou nā waʻa, a pēlā wau i ʻike ai iā ʻoe.”
As you were setting out at Humuula I saw your canoe, and so knew who you were."
Huna (1)
Ch.18 p.89 para.3 sent.1
Ma mua o ka pō hoʻāo o na aliʻi, i ka pō i o Huna, hiki lākou i Kawaihae.
Some nights before that set for the marriage, the eleventh night of the month, the night of Huna, they came to Kawaihae;
ʻĪ maila ke kahuna, “E pono ʻoe ke hūnā loa i kāu hānai i loko o ke kiʻowai i Waiʻāpuka.
Said the priest, "You had better hide your foster child in the water hole of Waiapuka;
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.2
I kēlā manawa naʻe a ka makāula i hiki ai i laila, ua nalo mua aku ʻo Waka ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
Now, just as the seer arrived, Waka had vanished into that place where Laieikawai was concealed.
Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3
Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa.
there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found.
Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.1
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i hōʻike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana e kona kupuna wahine, luliluli aʻela ke poʻo o ke kupuna wahine ʻaʻole e hōʻike kāna moʻopuna iā ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auaneʻi ka nani o kāna moʻopuna i mea pākūā wale.
When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common thing.
Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ke kupuna wahine, “ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu ke wehe aʻe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo kona makemake nō ka hūnā iā ia iho.
The grandmother said: "I do not uncover her because she wishes to conceal herself."
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i ka mea waʻa ma muli o kāna noi, a laila, hōʻike pau loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ia mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ua lohe akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka ʻōlelo a kona kupuna wahine, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ka makemake e hūnā iā ia, akā, ua makemake ʻole kēlā e hūnā.
At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal herself, when she had not wanted to at all.